Skip to main content

Full text of "...The Egyptian heaven and hell"

See other formats


m 


m^m'mmmi^^ 


^m^> 


t'  i  r 


'Quaiivj'au 


'auaiivjivj 


•'Jidjnviur^ 


'MfljAinii  jn> 


^QfCALIFOMiv        ^OFCAIIFO/?^  ^^WE  UNIVERS"/^ 


vj^lOSANCELfj^ 

o 


>&Aavaan-i'^'    "^^^Aavaaiii^"^        <rii30Nv.soi>^'^     "^/^aaAiNiijwv' 


\WEUNIVERS/A 


o 


vvlOSANCElfj> 

o 


"^/saaAiNniwv 


-s^llIBRARYQr^        ^^t•LIBRARYQ<^ 


^<!/0JI]V3JO'^       '^d/OJnVDJO'^ 


^WEUNIVER^/^       ^VOSANCElfj> 


<rii3DNVS01^        "^/^aaAINrtJUV 


.^;OFCAIIFO%        .^;OFCAIIFO% 

I  I 


-^nM-LIBRARYQ^ 


^lllBRARYOr 


AMEUNIVER5//, 


^lOSANCElfj> 

o 


'%ojnvjjo^     "^ojnvj-jo^       <rii30Nvsov<^     ^Aa3AiNa3WV 


>;,OFCALIF0/?^        m,OFCALIF0% 


"^OAavaaiii^    ^^Aiivaan-#^ 


^\\El'NIVER5•/A 


o 

<ril33NVS01^ 


.>:lOSANCElfj> 

o 


^/Sa3AINn-3V\V 


^5,WEUNIVER%       ^lOSANCElfj> 


:s' 


-^^ILIBRARYQr^       ^^lEIBRARYQ^^ 


^^'mi\m\^^    ^«!/ojnvjjo'^ 


^^WEUNIVERJ/^       ^lOSANCElfj> 


^.OFCAIIFO/?^       ^OFCAlIFOff^ 


^ 


^'^<!/0JllV3J0^ 


^•J7130NVS01^^  '^AaiAINOJWV 


.^;OFCAllF0/?^i 


^\\E  UNIVER5//, 


vvlOSANCElfj> 

o 


'^c'Aavagn-^^ 


<rii30Nvsoi^      '^Aa]AiNn  ]wv^ 


.vWSANCElfj> 


%a3AINn3WV^ 


^^ILIBRARYQc         ^lllBRARYQ^ 


^<f/0dllV3J0'^      "^.I/OJIIVDJO^ 


I 


vvlOSANGElfXy> 

O 


^        5 


"^/sajAiNnjwv 


6^ 


;OFCAllFO/?^        ^OFCALIFOfi*^ 


^<?Aavaan-i^^      ^c/AavaaiH^"^ 


.N^ 


^;^ilIBRARY6>/;^ 


^^mwrn^"^ 


A\^EUNIVER% 


o 
<ril30NVS01^ 


vvlOSANCElfjy> 

o 


"^AaaAiNfimv 


^OFCAUFO/?^ 


^OAdvaan-^^ 


,  \WE  UNIVERJ/A 


o 


.vWSANCElfj> 


%il3AINn-3WV 


'O- 


^lOSANCElfx, 


^ 


^lllBRARYQc         ^^l•LIBRARYQ^ 


^<i/0JllV0JO'^ 


^<!/0JllV>JO>^ 


AvlOSANCElfj>  ^-i.OFCAilFOM^;,        ^>a,OFCAIIF0% 


3Bool?s  on  B^ppt  m\t>  CbalDaea 


Vol.  XX.  OF  THE   SERIES 


THE 

EGYPTIAN  HEAVEN  AND  HELL 


Vol.  I. 
THE   BOOK   AM-TUAT 


BOOKS  ON  EGYPT  AND  CHALDAEA. 


Vol.  I.- 

Vol.  II.- 

Vol.  III.- 

Vol.  IV.- 

Vol.  V.- 

Vol.  VI.- 

Vol.  VII.- 

Vol.  VIII.- 

Vol.  IX.— 

Vol.  X.- 

Vol.  XI.- 

Vol.  XII.— 

Vol.  XIII.— 

Vol.  XIV.- 

Vol.  XV.— 

Vol.  XVI.— 

Vol.  XVII.- 

Vol.  XVIII.— 

Vol.  XIX.- 


Vol.  XX.- 

Vol.  XXI.- 

Vol.  XXII.- 

Vol.  XXIII.- 


EGYPTIAN   KELIGION. 
EGYPTIAN  MAGIC. 
EGYPTIAN   LANGUAGE. 
BABYLONIAN   RELIGION. 
ASSYRIAN   LANGUAGE. 
BOOK   OF   THE   DEAD,  vol.  i. 
„  „  »         vol.  ii. 

,,  „  „         vol.  iii. 

HISTORY   OF   EGYPT,  vol.  i. 
„         vol.  ii. 
„         vol.  iii. 
vol.  iv. 
vol.  V. 
vol.  vi. 
,,         vol.  vii. 
,,         vol.  viii. 
THE    DECREES    OF   MEMPHIS    AND 
CANOPUS-THE  ROSETTA  STONE,  vol.  i. 
THE    DECREES    OF   MEMPHIS    AND 
CANOPUS-THE  ROSETTA  STONE,  vol.  ii. 
THE    DECREES    OF    MEMPHIS   AND 
CANOPUS-THE    STELE    OF    CANOPUS, 
vol.  iii. 
EGYPTIAN   HEAVEN  AND   HELL,  vol.  i. 

vol.  ii. 
,,  >,  .,  vol.  iii. 

BABYLONIAN    MAGIC.     \_I,>  preparation.-] 


Full  Pro?]:iectuf^  on  appt'cofion. 


KEG  AN   PAUL,  TEENCH,  TEUBNEE  &  CO.  Ltd. 

Dryden  House,  Gerrard  Street,  London,  W. 


Boolf^g  on  igQ^pt  arib  (Tbalbaea 

THE 

EGYPTIAN  HEAVEN  AND  HELL 


BY 

E.  A.  WALLIS  BUDGE,  M.A.,  Litt.D.,  D.Litt.,  D.Lit. 

KEEPER   OF   THE   EGYPTIAN   AND   ASSYRIAN    ANTIQUITIES 
IN   THE   BRITISH    MUSEUM 


VOL.  I. 
THE    BOOK    AM-TUAT 

WITH    i8o   ILLUSTRATIONS 


LONDON 

KEGAN  PAUL,  TRENCH,  TRUBNER  &  CO.  Ltd. 

Dryden  House,  43,  Gerrard  Street,  W. 

1905 
[^//  rights  reserved'] 


LOXDOIT 
PRINTED    BT   GILBERT  AND   KHINGTON    LIMITED 

ST.  John's  hoitse,  clerkenwell,  e.c. 


PJ 

V.   I 


NOTE 

This  volume  is  the  first  of  a  series  of  three  volumes  which 
treat  of  the  Egyptian  Heaven  and  Hell,  It  contains  the 
complete  hieroglyphic  text  of  the  Book  Am-Tuat,  with 
translations,  and  reproductions  of  all  the  illustrations.  A 
series  of  Chapters  dealing  with  the  origin  and  contents  of 
Books  of  the  Other  World,  with  prefatory  remarks,  and  a 
full  index  to  the  whole  work,  will  be  found  in  the  thii'd 
volume. 


483P56 

LIBRARY 


CONTENTS. 


CHAP.  ,  PAGE 

The  Book  Am-Tuat  : — 

The  Title  of  the  Work         ....       1 

I.     The  First  Division,  or  Western  Vestibule,  or 
THE   Tuat,    called   Net-Ea.     With   8   Illus- 
trations      ........       3 

II.     The     Second    Division    of    the    Tuat,    called 

Urnes.     Witb  11  Illustrations.         .         .         .21 

III.  The  Third  Division  of  the  Tuat,  called  Net- 

neb-ua-kheper-aut.     With  13  Illustrations     .     44 

IV.  The    Fourth    Division    of    the    Tuat,    called 

Ankhet-kheperu.     With  7  Illustrations  .         .     62 
V.     The  Fifth  Division  of  the  Tuat,  called  Ament. 

With  8  Illustrations 85 

VI.  The  Sixth  Division  of  the  Tuat,  called 
Metchet-mu-nebt-Tuat.  With  19  Illustra- 
tions   116 

VII.     The    Seventh    Division    of    the   Tuat,   called 

Thephet-sheta.     With  18  Illustrations  .        .  139 
VIII.     The    Eighth    Division    of    the    Tuat,    called 

Tebat-neteru-s.     With  17  Illustrations  .         .  161 
IX.    The  Ninth  Division  of  the  Tuat,  called  Best- 

aru-ankhet-kheperu.     With  18  Illustrations.  186 


VIll  CONTENTS 

CHAP.  PAGE 

X.     The  Tenth  Division  of  the  That,  called  Metet- 

QA-UTCHEBU.     With  22  Illustrations          .         .  207 
XI.     The  Eleventh   Division   of  the  Tuat,   called 
Ee-en-qerert-apt-khatu.     With  26  Illustra- 
tions   232 

XII.  The  Twelfth  Division,  or  Eastern  Vestibule, 
of  the  Tuat,  called  Kheper-kekiu-khau- 
mestu.     With  13  Illustrations  ....  256 


EEEATA 

P.  32,  1.  1,  for  "phallus"  read  "Ass" ;  p.  60,  1.  13,  for  "Hon" 
read  "Hou";  i&id,  1.  19,  for  "confieh"  read  "coufieh";  p.  70, 

1.  7,  for  7^   read  f^ ;  p.  81,  1.  6,  for  "^^  ^""^   read 

—kt H —  —lL       /\A/VW\ 

%s.  ^X^^^^:  p.  139,  1.  3,  for  "Thephet-Asar"  read  "Thephet- 

shetat";  p.  256,  1.  3,  for  "Then-neteru"  read  "  Kheper-kekiu- 
khau-mestu." 


THE    BOOK   AM-TUAT 


THE  TITLE   OF  THE  WOKK 

"The  wkitings  and  the  drawings  of  the  hidden 

"PALACE  which  APPEETAIN  TO  THE  SOULS,  AND  THE 
"GODS,  AND  THE  SHADOWS,  AND  THE  SPIRITS,  WHICH 
"COMPOSE  THE  BEGINNING  OF  THE  HORN  OF  AmENT, 
"  OF  THE  HORIZON  OF  AmENT,  [WHICH  IS]  THE  UTMOST 
"  BOUNDARY  OF  THE  THICK  DARKNESS  OF  THE  HORIZON  OF 
"  AmENTET,   CONTAINING  THE   KNOWLEDGE  OF  THE  SOULS 

"of  the  tuat,  and  the  knowledge  of  the  secret 
"Souls,  and  the  knowledge  of  the  doors  and 
"the  ways  through  and  on  which  the  great  god 

"JOURNEYETH,  and  THE  KNOWLEDGE  OF , 

"  AND  THE  KNOWLEDGE  OF  JHE  HOURS  AND  OF  THEIR 
"GODS,  AND  THE  KNOWLEDGE  OF  THE  JOURNEYINGS  OF 
"  THE  HOURS  AND  OF  THEIR  GODS,  AND  THE  KNOWLEDGE 
"OF  THE  FORMULAE  [WHICH  THEY  SAY]  TO  El,  AND 
"  THE  KNOWLEDGE  OF  THE  SPEECHES  WHICH  HE  MAKETH 

B 


BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT — TITLE 


"TO    THEM,    AND    THE    KNOWLEDGE    OF    THE    GODS    "WHO 
"  PKAISE  HIM  AND  OF  THOSE  WHO  EFFECT  DESTRUCTION." 


I      <=> 


<2>- 


I   cr^ 


•k 
•k 
■k 

^— H— 
I    I    I    I 


rzszi 


)\         .jL.  AWW\ 

^  111^    Mil  I  I  I 


0  ^O    I  III  I   I    I 


^w-^-^q^v 


1  The   duplicate   text   reads  :- 


A/V^AA^      p^     .llllllllll. 


1 


t^^^-n.LL^i^^t-^fi; 


w 

C2SZ] 


I 


I  I  I  ^^-^ 


(^^ 


II    MO     I 


f]W^«li-J» 


(     3     ) 


CHAPTER   I. 

THE    FIRST    DIVISION    OF    THE    TUAT, 
WHICH   IS  CALLED  NET-RA. 

In  the  scene  that  ilhistrates  the  First  Division  of 
the  Tuat,  which  is  passed  through  by  the  Sun-god 
during  the  First  Hour,  of  the  night,  we  see  that  the 
centre  of  the  middle  section  is  divided  lengthwise  into 


4  B. 


=*    WKSl  =:=    =  JIm  I  III 


The  Boat  of  Af,  the  dead  Sun-j?od. 


Maati  goddesses.  Neken-f . 


two  parts  hy  a  river  which  Hows  along  it.     In  the 

upper  part  is  the  boat  of  the  dead  Sun-god  Af,  [1    n    , 

who  is  in  the  form  of  a  ram-headed  man ;  he  wears  a 
disk  upon  his  head,  and  stands  within  a  shrine  in  the 
Sektet  boat,  i.e.,  the  boat  in  which  the  god  travels 


4  BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

from  noon  to  sunset.     In  front  of  the  shrine  in  the 
boat  stand   the  three  deities,  Ap-uat,  \^  ^"^ ,  Sa, 


,   and   the   "  Lady   of    the   Boat,"  ^»^^ , 

who  wears  on  her  head  a  disk  and  horns.  Behind  the 
shrine  stand  five  gods,  each  having  the  head  of  a 
man ;  the  names  of  the  first  four  are  Heru-Hekenu, 

^  I  '^,  Ka-shu,  U  P  ,  i.e.,  the  "  double  of  Shu," 
Nehes,   r-j-i  M,  i.e.,  the  "  Look-out,"  and  Hu,  fi   v^,  and 

the   fifth   is   the   Steersman    Khekp,    <=:>  § q  'KinJ>_ . 

On  the  high  prow  of  the  Sektet  boat  hangs  an  object 
which  is  said  to  be  a  carpet  by  some,  and  a  reed  mat 
by  others,  and  on  the  side,  near  the  curve  of  the  prow, 
is  an  utchat.     In  front  of  the  boat  march : — 

1.  The  two  goddesses  Maat,  the  one  representing 
the  South  of  Egypt,  and  the  other  the  North. 

AAAAAA  ^-^ 

2.  The  god  Nekent-f,  ^:3^         ,  who  holds  a  spear, 

AAAAAA     ^^~» 

or  knife,  in  his  left  hand. 

3.  The  god  Khenti  AiiEKTET,  bearded,  and  in 
mummy  form,  and  wearing  the  "White  Crown  and  the 
Menat. 

4.  The  god  Sekhet,  or  as  it  is  written  here  Sekhmet, 

lioness-headed. 


n 


5.  The  god  Sehetch-ue,  [i  T  ^^^  ^^j  ram-headed. 

6.  Four  Terms,  the  first  of  which  is  calledUx-METU-EA, 


FIRST    DIVISION — NET-RA 

the  second  Ut-metu-Tem,  {  11  |  "y^ 


Jejuni' 


the  third  Ut-metu-Khepeea,  i  I  J!  "vj^  ^  ^ ,  and   the 

fourth  Ut-metu-Asar,  {  I  I  "v^  ^     n    . 

7.  The  leader  of  the  company,  who  is  called  TcHA- 
UNNUT,  A  ^^  '^^  ^  ^ ;    by  his    side    is    a    serpent, 


called  Sa  (?),  that  stands  on  his  tail. 


The  sorts  Khenti-Amentet,  Sekhet,  Sehet-cli-iir,  the  Four  Terms,  anfi 
Tcha-Uiiniit. 

This  scene  is  explained  by  the  horizontal  line  of 
inscription  written  above  it,  and  the  hieroglyphic  text, 
based  on  the  editions  of  Lef^bure  and  ChampoUion, 
reads : — 


AAA/WA 

AA/\AAA 


^. 


0  o 


y^  ^^ 


/VWvAA 

c         ^    AA/WV\ 


7^ 


/^/^AA/V\ 

ywwNA 

AAAAAA 


BOOK    OF    AM-TUAT 


U        III     <^^    i^^    III    AAA/W^ 


"The  name  of  this  Field  is  'Maatl'  This  god 
"arriveth  in  the  Sektet  Boat,  he  maketh  a  way 
"  through  the  Court  of  this  city,  which  is  two  hundred 
"  and  twenty  measures  in  length,  which  he  travelleth 
"  through  to  Urnes.  He  passeth  through  the  water, 
"  which  is  three  hundred  measures  in  extent,  and  he 
"  bestoweth  the  fields  upon  the  gods  who  follow  him. 
"  Xet-Ea  is  the  name  of  this  Field,  Arxebaui  is  the 
"  name  of  the  guardian  [of  this  Field].  This  god 
"  beginneth  to  declare  in  this  region  the  words  which 
"perform  the  destinies (0  of  those  who  are  in  the 
"  Tuat." 

In  the  lower  part  of  the  middle  section  of  the  scene 
we  have  another  boat,  in  the  centre  of  which  is  a 
beetle;  on  one  side  of  the  beetle  is  a  god  with  his 
knees  in  the  direction  of  the  prow  of  the  boat,  but 
having  his  head  turned  behind  him  and  his  hands 
raised  in  adoration  of  tlie  beetle,  and  on  the  other 
is   a  god  who  also  has  his  hands  raised  in  adoration 

of  the  same  object.     The  legend  reads  ^        U    ,  ie-, 

"  the  coming  into  being  of   Osiris " ;  as  the  boat  has 

®    D 

1  For  <;2>    llieper  en. 


FIRST    DIVISION — NET-RA 


no  reecl  mat  or  carpet  hanging  from  the  prow, 
we  may  assume  that  it  is  intended  to  represent 
the  Atet  or  Matet  Boat,  i.e.,  the  boat  in  which  the 
Sun-god  travelled  over  the  sky  from  sunrise  to  noon. 


The  Boat  of  tlie  Birth  of  Osiris,  with  serjDents  and  gotls. 

In  front  of  the  boat  glide  three  serpents,  which  are 
called  Sek-re,  R  ^  ^~^         ,  Sefa,  u  ,  and  Nepen, 

/VWAAA 

D    ,  and  in  front  of  these   march   four   man-headed 

A/WVV\ 


r,4i^SH^ 


B     —~ 


LMnl,  ii 


11  (1  A  *i  liilvi 


Gods  in  the  procession  or  the  Boat  of  the  Birth  of  Osiris. 

gods  and  two  hawk-headed  gods,  each  with  a  serpent 
in  his  left  hand,  a  god  called  Nabti,  /wwv\  ¥  J  "^^  who 
holds  a  crook  j  in  each  hand,  Net,  or  Neith,  goddess 


BOOK    OF    AM-TUAT 


of  the  South,  Net,  or  Neith,  goddess  of  the  North,  and 
the  goat  goddess  Artet,  <=>  ^rf .  The  two  hawk- 
headed  gods  are  called  Tchatui,  |  <=i  ^  \\ ,  and 
Meti,   I    on  ,   and   the    four  following  gods  Abenti, 

Sekhet  (?),  — *- 


filHl  ni.  ninl  fi 


The  explanation  of  this  scene  is  given  by  the 
horizontal  line  of  hieroglyphic  text  written  above  it, 
which  reads : — 


ii<^=>    11   /ww^^    ^y\      I       ■&        II     I      I 

<=:>  III  ^  ^  D    D  < 


I    A    I 


AA/Vv/>A  M  y      ij      \  D  AWW\    "^ ^     M     /VVVWk  fl        A   f| 

I      "^      I         ^^  1    L_  —J    §       1       I     I      '^      I    <-     '       ^     I      '•^      I        I     I      '*^      i     /WWAA         1    1 


-<2>- 


"  [The  god  cometh  to]  this  Court,  he  passeth  through  it 
"  in  the  form  of  a  ram,  and  he  maketh  his  transformations 
"therein.  After  he  hath  passed  through  this  Court, 
"  the  dead  who  are  in  his  following  do  not  [go  with 
"  him],  but  they  remain  in  this  Court,  and  he  speaketh 


THE    NINE    APES    AND    TWELVE    GODDESSES  Q 

"words  unto  the  gods  who  are  therein.  If  copies  of 
"  these  things  be  made  according  to  the  ordinances  of 
"  the  hidden  house,  and  after  the  manner  of  that  which 
"is  ordered  in  the  hidden  house,  they  shall  act  as 
"  magical  protectors  to  the  man  who  maketh  them." 
In  the  upper  register  are  the  following : — 

I.  Nine  apes,  who  are  described  as  "  the  gods  who 

open   the  gates  to  the  Great   Soul,"  1   '  ^  ^^\ 


lllllllll  '^      I  o-=>  . 

i;__D  /www  (<^^  ,      Their    names    are : — 1.  Un-ta, 


■^^  -nnmn-  ___^  ^     ^  Ba-ta,  "i^  |  === .     3.  Maa-en-Ea, 
^^^ 0.    4.  Abta,  q    1  <==>.     5.  Ababen,  ^  ^^^v^. 

A^A/w\       O  1  ^  vA 

G.   Aken-ab,    [I  AAAAAA .      7.   Bentii,    J     ]i    •      8.   Afa, 
(j  ^^.=^  (1 .     9.  Tciiehtcheh,  °*^  I  '^  I  •' 

II,  Twelve  divine  beings,  who  are  described  as  the 
"  goddesses  who  unfold  the  portals  in  the  earth,"    |  ^ 

Their  names   are : — 1.  Qat-a, 


VA 


I   s 


I  I  I 


^'k'^l'T"-      2-   Nebt-meket,  Y^ 

3.   Sekhit,     ^    (1(1^.      4.  Ament-uet,   fl^^^^, 


1  The  variants  are:— 1.   ^^.     2.     1^'!^^===.     3, 


o 
o 


lO 


BOOK    OF    AM-TUAT 


5.  Sheftu,    ^^  "v\  ] 

7.  Hekent-em-sa-s,  g  ^^^  ; 

EM-KHU-S,   A 


I 


6.  Een-thethen, 

-^.     8.  Qat- 
.     9.  Sekhet-em- 


KHEFTIU 


-.    10.HniT,|^(|(]-^. 


-4' 


I        I        I 


^31 


I   L 


/^M 


yo 


lPJ 


Q     r 


Y 


ri  ,f.  +  ^ 


i^' 


^i 


O    O 


The  nijie  Ape-warders. 


The  twelve  goddesses  of  the  gates. 


Each  goddess  stands  with  her  arms  hanging  by  her 
sides.i 

'  The  variants  are  : — 1. 


\ 


.      5.    ^^.      0 


'.    10.  f-.    11.  I  -j.. 


FIRST    DIVISION — NET-RA  II 


III.  Nine  seated  guds,  each  with  his  hands  raised  in 
adoration  of  Ka ;  they  are  called  the  "  gods  who  praise 

Ra,"   1  '  ^  flf]  %  '  ®-      The    first    three    are   nian- 

'headed,  and  are  called  Hetch-a,  0  ^^  - a ,  Maa-a, 

,  and  Hes-a,  fi  0 °j  ^li^  second  three  are  jackal- 

V y  c—^"^ 

headed,  and  are  called  Neb-ta-tesher,     113a  r^^^^ , 

Ap-uat,  \/  ^-^ ,  and  Ap-sekhemti,  \^  Y  I  "^5  ^^^^ 
the  third  three  are  crocodile-headed,  and  are  called 
TciiAT-TuAT,    I  "^  o  J^,    Seki,    -^    hU  yA?    '^^^'-^ 


HEA,  Y 


Sekhem-hea,  y  ^   ; 


1 


1 
IV.  Twelve  divine  beings,  in   the  form  of  women, 

who  are  described  as  "  the  goddesses  who  gnide  the 
great  god,"  j  ^  1  "^^  ^  ^  ^  I  ,.,  •  Their  names 
are: — 1.   Tentenit,  ^^^^    (1(1  .=>  ^.      2.    Sbai, 

PJ  *^^1  *•  ^-  Mat-nefeeu-neb-set,-^  J^l^^. 
4.  Kiiesefet-smatet,  ^yj  .  ^  .  X  ^  '  rjj  •     ^^-   Khuai, 


■^X^*      ^-    MaKET-AKI-S,  n 


7.  Urt-amt-Tuat,  ^^^  "^  O 


h-  ^         .8.  Her-ab-uaa- 


1  The  variants  are:—!.  0- D.    2.    ,====^.    3.  V 0.    4.^ 


-     12  BOOK    OF    AM-TUAT — FIRST    DIVISION 

SET,  <^  2  ^^.     9.  Mesperit,  I 

10.  ushem  -  hat  -  kheftiu  -  s,   "^^ 

11.  Sheset-kee^-maket-neb-s,  ^^"W^ 

12.  Teset-tesheeu,  ^^  ^^^  '^^  \  / 


The  nine  praisers  of.Rf..  The^twelve  ?ofldesses>ho  guitle  Ra. 

In  the  lower  register  are  the  following : — 

I.  Nine  seated  apes,  who  are  described  as  the  "  c^ods 


'  The  vnriauts  are  : — 1. 


L_/W\A/\A  /VJ\AA/^•, 


q^-.pjqq;. 


3. 


i^-  "-^ 


^=^ 


-i- 


^  o 


^ .   10.  '%  ^  =^  ^  '  •   "-3^ 


12. 


1^^ 


NINE    APES    AND    TWELVE    FIERY    SERPENTS       I3 

I 


who  sing  to  Ka  as  he  entereth  into  the  Tuat,"    | 
fi  0     "     (1  (1  ^  AAAAAA  ^  j\  ic  Q .     Their  names  are  : — 

1.   Am-KAR,  (1  h]-   "^    t^^«      2.   KlIENTI-SHE-F,  rjTV. 


^  \\ 


^.      3 HEN,    ill  ^If.      4.    HEKEN- 

EM-BEN-F,  §  ^^  J  '''''^  fl  .     5,  6 7.  HeTHTI, 


ra 


.    8.  Pa-theth, 


III!    :^^     <i       0  =  "     I  "^    M.JT       O    "^^^      .        *   =^    I      fill 


n 


,^' 


c^ 


51  L 

u 

fl 


A 


IL' 


^  IS 


Ami 


t  t 


The  nine  singing  apes. 


The  t^velve  hght-giving  uraei. 


II.  Twelve'  serpents,  who  throw  fire  forth  from  their 
mouths,  and  are  described  as  "  those  who  make  light 


1  The    variants    are :— 1.    ^hLJ-       "*•      A'     J  *       ^'^ 

Diimichen's   edition  (pi.  iii.)  three  of  the   apes  are  called   Besi, 
jn  (1(1,  TUAI,  ^  [j(],  aud  Abti, 


14  BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT — FIRST    DIVISION 

the  darkness  in  the  Tuat."    Their  names  are : — 1.  Besit, 

4.    KhUT-MU,     ^ciAAAAAA.        5.    HeSEQ  -  KHEFTI  -  SET, 

X   I        2^^=^        .    6.  Nefekt-kha,  1  <=>  Q .    7.  Mert- 

NESEK,    I     ^     ^l||-        ^-l^EHENT,  Jl     ^     Q^  • 

9.   Ap-she,  \/nwn.       10.    Nesekt,    "^"^  "^^"^  [i  • 

11.  Ap-ast,  V  j]  n  •     1^-  Shenit,  I  (1(|  ^.1 

III.  Nine  man-headed  gods,  with  their  hands  raised 
in  adoration,  who  are  described  as  the  "gods  who 
praise  [Ra],  ,  .  .  the  lord  of  the  company  of  the  gods," 

'y-''^  9    I  I  ^  (1  Wii^       1 1 1  fjf  •     Their  names  are  : — 

I  I  I  I    I  I    -  iiiMe  ^  III  SiJ 

1.  Ka-Tuat,    ^  ^.     2.  Hetem-ab,  ?  o  r  f^^  tft. 

3.  Aka,  (]  <=>  (]  \.     4.  Aau,  (1  "^  %^ .     5.  Hemhem, 
rO    ra.     6.  Ka-.\eteeu,   U  il^.     7.  TuATI,^^\. 


8.   Hekennu  -  Ea,    5  ^^  J   O  .      9.    Aa  -  atei;,    ^^ 

I]  AAAAAA  , 

1     *^^ — --^    /-AyyVs^ 

1  The  variants  are  :— 1.      1     I  (1  [1  Ci .     4.    /^  ^^AAA^  .     5.    ft     I 

^O    I         I     1  AAAAA^  A.    I 


THE    PRAISERS    OF    RA 


15 


to   Ila  as  he   passeth   over  Uknes,"  H 


IV.  Twelve  goddesses,  with  their  arms  hanging  by 

their  sides,  who  are  described  as  "  those  who  give  praises 

^  A — D  rn  ji  I 

P    AAAAAA    )        I 

.  ..      ^       D     U  I 
<=r>  _f__  D    (=  ^^  "~*!~'    Their  names  are : — 1.  Maa- 

NETER  -  s,  ^^J?  in.      2.  Art  -  neter  -  s,   (j  '^   ]  1 1 . 

3.  Hekent,  §  AAAAAA .    4.  Net,         A^^AAA ,    5.  Apert-re, 


©;;; 


:r- 


O        Ml    --^ 


b^ 


'^  ;ir 


ktl 


'9  "3 


J.  J. 


irii 


frff 


The  nine  praisers  of  Ra. 


D 


The  twelve  goddesses  who  sing  to  Ra. 

).  Ab,    tt;  J  .      7.  Nebt-iiet,  TT  <=^ . 
8.    Hra-seni(?),    "^n'™        9.    Tefnut, 
10.  Nutet,  © 


11.  Ame^s'T,  ^    "  .     12.  AsT,  r  c.. 


i  The  variants  are  : — 1. 


V-  -'^ 


I 


10.  ^.  11. 


i6 


BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT — FIRST   DIVISION 


The  address  which  the  Sun-god  makes  to  the  gods  in 
the  First  Division  of  the  Tuat  reads  •} — 


li^W1in-|]- 


^   D 


— „ —    lllllllll    ,^^,w\   ^  I    1    I  I    I    I    lUlMI 


I  1    AAAAAA 

I       I        I    I       I       I        ^ 


J\ 


^^' 


[l^i] 


/V\AAAA    g  t     I 

I       1       1    /WWv\     I 


I       I       I 


I 


e 

Q.^^ 


lllllllll 


fl  Nsr\f'iw 
I         I     I      I 


JAAA/W\     JQ 


I  CZHZl  I    I    I 


^  w 


'  See   Lefebiire,   op.    cii.,   part   iv.,   pi.    28,   aud   Bescrijition   de 
VMgypte,  torn,  v.,  pi.  41,  uo.  5. 


ADDRESS   OF    RA    TO   THE    GODS 


17 


AAA/vNA  ^ ~,    AA^AAA 


-<g>-  i^^j^^  I  • 

/wvvv\        X 


/\AA/^V\     /W^/Vv 


AA/WV\ 
I       I       I 


1       /WWVA      ^^  ri      I 1     /WWSA      ^^\  Q 

U    I      I      I    -Msr    rU     I      I      I     I      I      I    _^    A 


n  ^^^  AAAAAA 

I  I    I    I    I  III  <=^     ^     <=> 


LcM^J  111  I  I  I   I 


o 


AV\AA^     H 

— « AA/V^A 


1 


A/^A^v^A 
lllllllll    v_^  T  [aaaaaa 


3D 


lllllllll 


-nnnir  L  ©  J  <P>  r?    of 


[|]J 


A.WSAA, 
AAA/WA     ^ 


z] 


v^przit 


cnn 


0      I 


Mfflhu^  r  c--] 


f^^^ra^ys?^ 


lllllllll 

lllllllll 


(2 


z] 


iiiiiini ' 


o 


^' 


I    1  ^=1  r^^^^  iiMiiiir  V <)  iiiiiiiir     ;r     J     ^   w  JM  i  I    \\   I 


m 


is^"-^  s 


A     AWW\     <;;2I>     Ci     i^       1 


i8 


BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT — FIRST    DIVISION 


i:i 


ooD 


V 


A/^A^^^  aaaaaa 


U    /^^WA 


mi 


1 


I  1 1 


AA/vvN     I  A^/^AA^  " 


^    A 


o    © 


^ 


'llllllll      AAAAAA 


A 


iBHlP 


^  r*'^    ^ 


I  I  I  iJirT]  ^ D  ill! 


I     (2  III 


V  111- — oq    D   <0. 


I    I    I    A      I 


I    1 


3  0^ 


I  I!  I  ^  Jr 


:>^^ 


/wvw\ 

I  I  I 


A 


l^^^ 


^  III  ^  III 


The  Majesty  of  this  god  standeth  up  after  he  hath 
taken  up  his  position  in  this  Court,  and  he  addresseth 
words  to  the  gods  who  are  therein,  saying,  "  Open_ye  to 
"  me  your  doors,  and  let  me  come  into  your  Courts ! 
"  Give  ye  light  unto  me,  and  make  ye  yourselves  guides 
"  to  me,  0  ye  who  came  into  being  from  my  members, 
"  my  word  hath  gone  forth  to  you.  Ye  are  made  of  my 
"  bodies,  I  have  made  you,  having  fashioned  you  of  my 
"  soul.     I  have  created  you,  I  have  made  you  by  means 


ADDRESS   OF    THE    GODS   TO    RA  IQ 

"  of  my  enchantments,  [and]  I  have  come  to  avenge 
"  myself  the  blood  of  my  members  which  have  risen  up 
"  against  me,  and  I  will  bring  to  destruction  that  which 
"  hath  been  made  for  it.     I  will  make  perfect  with  the 

" of  my  forms  Osiris  Khenti  Amenti.     Open 

"  to  me  the  doors  with  your  hands,  0  ye  Apes,  unfold 
"  to  me  the  portals  of  the  Courts,  0  ye  Apes,  [and 
"  welcome]  the  gods  (or,  goddesses)  who  have  come 
"  into  being  from  my  divine  Souls,  come  ye  into  being, 
"come  ye  into  being  for(?)  Khepera,  0  ye  who  have 
"  your  being  at  the  head  of  the  Tuat.  Stand  ye  up,  in 
"  Urnes,  and  stablish  ye  yourselves  on  the  secret  banks 
"  thereof,  and  work  ye  for  the  gods  of  Tuat  in  the 
"  Court  which  ye  guard,  possess  ye  your  plans  in  your 
"  seats,  in  your  domains  and  in  your  fields." 

The  gods  of  this  Court  say  unto  Ea,  "  0  great  god, 
"  [the  doors]  are  opened  to  thee,  and  the  portals  of  the 
"  secret  Ament  are  thrown  open  before  thee,  the  doors 
"of  Nut  the  great  are  thrown  wide  open,  illumine 
"  thou  the  darkness  of  night  (or,  thick  darkness), 
"  provide  for  that  which  is  in  the  place  of  destruction, 
"  and  approach  thou  in  thy  name  of  Ea  the  place  where 
"  is  Osiris  Khenti  Amenti.  There  is  a  shout  of  joy 
"  to  Ea  at  the  entrance  to  the  doors  of  the  earth  (?). 
"  Praise  be  to  thee  and  make  thou  perfect  the  light,  and 
"  enter  thou  [in  through  the  habitations]  of  the  Great 
"  Country.  The  Apes  (amhenti)  open  the  doors  to  thee, 
"  the  Apes  (amhetetu)  unfold  to  thee  the  portals,  the 
"  serpents  sing  and  exalt  thee,  and  the  divine  serpents 


20         THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT — FIRST   DIVISION 

"ligliteu  thy  darkness  for  thee O  Ea,  the 

"goddess  of  the  hour  cometh  to  thee,  the  two  SoUL- 
"  Goddesses  tow  thee  along  in  thy  form,  and  thou 
"  takest  up  thy  position  on  the  ground  of  the  Field  of 
"  [this]  land.  Thou  hast  taken  possession  of  the  night, 
"and  thou  wilt  bring  in  the  day,  and  [thou]  dost 
"  likewise  make  long  the  hours,  and  thy  boat  cometh 
"  to  rest.  Thou  seizest  the  grain  of  the  god  Henbet 
"in  thy  secret  place  (?)  ISTet.  Thou  openest  Net-Ea, 
"  thou  uncoverest  the  god  Tcheba,  the  uraeus  goddesses 
"  (neterit)  of  Urnes  acclaim  thee,  the  uraeus  goddesses 
"(nehenuit)  ascribe  praise  to  thee,  thy  word  is  madt 
"against  thine  enemies,  thou  givest  tribulations  to 
"  those  who  are  condemned." 

The  Majesty  of  this  god  uttereth  words  after  he  hath 
come  forth  into  this  Court,  he  doeth  battle  at  the 
fortifications  thereof,  the  doors  of  this  [Court]  are 
strong,  saying,  "  Shut  [your  doors]  by  your  bolts. 
"  Come  ye  to  me,  advance  ye  to  me,  make  ye  your  way 
"  [to  me],  and  ye  shall  abide  in  your  place ;  take  ye  up 
"  your  stand  on  the  banks  of  the  stream  [U rnes]." 
This  great  god  passeth  them  by,  and  they  (i.e.,  the 
gods)  wail  when  he  hath  gone  by  them  in  the  Field  of 
Uenes.  [The  goddess  of]  the  hour  who  guideth  [this 
great  god]  through  this  Court  is  "  Ushe.m-hat-kheftiu- 
nu-Ea." 


(       21       ) 


CHAPTER   11. 

THE    SECOND    DIVISION    OF    THE    TUAT, 
WHICH  IS  CALLED  UENES. 

In  the  scene  that  ilhistvates  the  Second  Division  of 
the  Tuat,  which  is  passed   through  by   the    Sun-god 


^  A  4  ^ 


The  Boat  of  At"  in  tho  Second  Hour. 


during  the  Second  Hour  of  the  niuht,  the  Boat  of  the 
Rani-lieaded  god  Af  is  seen  making  its  way  along  the 


22  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

stream  which  Hows,  as  before,  through  the  division 
lengthwise;  the  crew  consists  of  the  same  gods,  and 
they  occupy  the  same  positions  in  the  boat  as  they  did 
in  the  First  [Division.  It  is,  however,  important  to 
notice  that  immediately  in  front  of  Ap-uat  we  see  two 
serpents,  which  are  called  Isis  and  IsTephthys  respec- 
tively,  J]  rj,  occupying   the   front   of   the   boat.     No 

carpet  or  mat  hangs  over  the  bows  of  the  boat,  and  the 
utchat  is  not  represented  on  its  side ;  the  boat  moves 
over  the  waters  by  means  of  some  power  exerted  either 
by  itself  or  by  some  of  the  gods  who  stand  in  it.  In 
front  of  the  boat  of  Af  the  way  is  led  by  a  procession 
of  four  boats,  which  are  moved,  presumably,  by  the 
same  power  which  moves  the  boat  of  Ka. 

The  FIRST  BOAT  has  ends  which  terminate  in  bearded 
human  heads,  and  its  celestial  and  solar  character  is 
attested  by  the  sign  for  "heaven,"  i^^^^,  and  the  utchat 
'^^,  with  which  its  sides  are  ornamented.  The  object 
of  this  boat  is  to  support  the  disk  of  the  full  moon, 
which  rests  within  a  crescent  upon  a  support  divided 
into  thirteen  sections,  each  typifymg  a  day ;  thus  the 
full  moon  as  it  appears  on  the  fourteenth  day  of  the 
month  is  here  represented.     By  the  disk  kneels  a  god 

who  is  "  supporting  Maat,"  r^*^  /-.--S.  K  ^ ,  which  is 
symbolized  by  a  feather,  and  is  described  by  the  word 
Maat,  ^^  ,  written  between  it  and  the  support 

of  the  moon's  disk.     In  the  mutilated  text  above  the 


THE    SECOND    DIVISION — tJRNES 


23 


boat  it  is  saitl  that  "  this  great  god  approacheth   this 
"  region,  and  he  is  conveyed  along  in  the  boats  of  the 

"earth,  by  means  of  their ,  and  he  paddleth 

"  along     through     this     Field     and     \ittereth     words," 


Pp^^i    D    V?'^ 


/AAAAA  O 


5S 


\S\  _/ J    ftAAAAA 
■  Jl       III       I        I        I 


^     V 


1^- 


The  Boat  of  tlio  Fall  Moon. 


The  name  of  the  fore  part  of  the  boat  appears  to  be 
UiiEi;,  <=!:=>  ^^„^,  and  in  front  of  the  boat  is  written 


>^; 


Chief  of  the  gods  of  the  Tuat," 


1  Var.      |_j      i^ 


24  THE   BOOK   OK   AM-TUAT 

the  hieroglyphics  above  the  full  moon  read  [1  V:^    g 
nH  ^^ )  ^^^^^  those  above  the  stern  of  the  boat 


read,  "Field  of  him  that  beareth  up  Uknes," 


,-T-.^    AAAAAA 


\> 


The  ends  of  the  second  boat  likewise  terminate  in 


|l  ^r^iri 


B  _ 


The  Boat  of  the  goddess  Hathor. 

bearded  human  heads,  but  each  is  surmounted  by  a 
pair  of  plumes.  In  the  centre  of  the  boat,  between 
two  goddesses,  stands  a  huge  sistrum,  which  is  the 
symbol  of  the  goddess  Hathor,  and  indicates  that  the 
boat  is  that  of  Hathor,  or  of  Hathor-Isis.  In  the 
fore  part  of  the  boat  is  a  beetle,  which  is  described 

as  "  This  great  god  Neper,"    j   -tJ    D 


THE    SECOND    DIVISION — tJRNES 


25 


Above   the   goddess   to    the   left   of    the   sistnun   are 
written  the  words,  "  their  boats  send  forth  their  words," 

I  I  I  M  I  i  Jr  .^f 

front   is   written     V\  [1 


"^^^-^^i    over   the   plumed   head   in 
III'  ^ 


I    I    I 


t 


,    and    over 


that  at  the  other  end  of  the  boat,  "  Osiris^crieth  to  it," 


i  ra 


The  Boat  of  the  Lizard-god. 


JA  <zr> .     On  the  side  of  the  boat  are  the 

-1-*     M 

signs  "^^^^  and  F=q , 

The  prow  of  the  third  boat  is  surmounted  by  a 
crown  of  tlie  South,  and  the  stern  by  a  crown  of  the 


North,   and    between    the    two    sceptres,   ()(),    which 
syml:)olize  the  gods  Anpu  and  Ap-uat,  i.e.,  the  jackal- 


26 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-tUAT 


headed  gods  of  the  South  and  North,  is  a  huge  lizard, 
from  the  back  of  which  spring  the  head  of  Osiris  and 
a  White  Crown.  On  the  side  of  the  boat  are  the  signs 
'^^  and  f=^.     Above   the   crown  of   the   North   is 

the  legend  U-ue,  V^  -^  ^=:f ,  \vhich,  howe\'er,  probably 

refers  to  the  sceptre  near  it ;  above  the  lizard  we  have 


"^  re  n  ~\ 


A^AA^^ 


The  Boat  of  the  (.Train-god  Neper. 


I ,  abo^'c  the  foremost  sceptre, 
,  and  immediately  in  front  is  /ww^  ^ 

and  under  the  front  of  the  lioat  is    |        ^  . 

I  111^  \\ 

The  prow  and  stern  of  the  fourth  boat  terminate  in 
heads  of  uraei,  eaeli  of  which  is  turned  towards  the 


m 


THE    SECOND    DIVISION — URNES  27 

deity  who  is  kneeling  iii  the  middle  of  the  hoat.  In  the 
centre  kneels  a  woman  without  arms,  and  Ijefore  and 
behind  her  stands  a  man,  who  is  likewise  without  arms. 
At  each  end  of  the  Ijoat  grows  a  plant  or,  perhaps,  a 
large  ear  of  wheat,  which  indicates  that  the  boat  is 
that  of  the  form  of  Osiris  as  the  god  of  vegetation, 
who  is  known  by  the  name  Neper.  The  legend  by 
the  ear  of  corn  in  the  front  of  the  boat  reads, "  the  boat 

which  conveyeth  Neper,"  (1  IjrS,  N^  '^— '^  A^^^AA  j|  ^ 

and   that   by  the   ear   in   the   stern,  "  collector  (?)   of 

herbs     and     plants,"     [  "^^     '^     \\    V\     x^'^  ^' 

The  deity  in  the  boat,  or  the  boat  itself  perhaps,  is 

called  Hept-mena-f-tua-uaa-f,  k  0  i  (1  \  ^^ 

C^^fl^^^.      This    boat   is    the   boat   of    the   uwl 


Neper,  the  god  of  grain,  and  a  form  of  Osiris  as  the 
god  of  vegetation ;  it  may  be  noted  that  its  side  has  no 
utchat  '^^  upon  it. 

In  the  upper  register  are : — 

1.  A  bearded  god,  with  a  phallus  in  the  form  of  a 
knife,  called  AsT  Netcii-t,  [U^  |    ^^  ,  or,  r  ^ 'y   ^  , 

i.e.,  "  Isis,  the  avengeress." 

2.  A  god  of  similar  form  and  attribute  called  Seb- 

Qenbeti,  "^^    1  ](      3 ,  i.e.,  "  Seb  of  the  two 

_/j"     «fill     A/yWW     rfCj     \\  LI 

corners." 

3.  A  ram-headed  god,  with  a  similar  attribute,  called 


28 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


^ 


Khnemu   Qenbeti,   Pj  c=^ ,  i.e.,  "  Khnemu  of  the  two 
corners." 

4.  An    ibis-headed    god,   with   a   similar    attribute, 

/2  <Ql  ®  n 

called  Tehuti-her-khent-f,  «,  >^  ^^  ^^-^^^  /^\  '^"=^? 
i.e.,  "  Thoth  on  his  steps." 

5.  An  ape-headed  god,  with  a  similar  attribute, 
called  Afu-iiek-khext-f,  [1  %.  <rr>  aaa^a^  J  ^^^=^ , 
i.e.,  "  Afu  on  his  steps." 


^^^MiMMMISMlMSSSM^ 


Second  Hour.    Upper  Register.    Gods  Nos.  1—7. 

6.  Lioness-headed   deity,   with   a   similar   attribute, 
called  Ketuit-tent-ba, 


O      ^5^ 


^'?>^ 


'h 


i.e.,  "  Cutter  of  the  soul." 

All    the   above    gods   are   in   mummied    form,   and 
occupy  chairs  of  state. 

7.  A   god   standing   upright,  and   holding   a   hlierp 

sceptre  or  weapou,  8,  in  his  left  hand;   he  is  called 


Sekhem-a-kiieftiu 


THE    SECOND    DIVISION — URNES 


■? 


Ill 


29 

i.e.,  "  Over- 


comer  of  the  power  of  the  enemy." 

8.  A  hawk -headed  god,  with  a  iiraeus  on  his  head, 

called  Heru-Tuat,  v\  ^,  i.e.,  "Horns  of  the  Tnat." 

9.  A  god,  who  holds  a  knife  in  his  left  hand,  and 
has  his  right  raised  to  strike ;  he  is  called  Seben-hesq- 


KHAIBITU 


'PJ'^i  A  ^T 


\m  2 


Secnnil  Hour.    Upper  Register.    Gocls  N<is.  8— 15. 

10,  11.  Two    ape-headed    gods,    called    respectively 
,  and  Aana,  M  /wwva  . 

12.  A  god  with  the  head  of  a  hawk  and  the  head  of 
an  animal,  i.e..  Set  and  Heru-ur,  who  is  here  called 

"  He  of  the  two  faces,"  "^  ^  w . 

13,  14.  The  crook  of  Osiris,  ^  '^^^^    H     3 , 


30 


THE    BOOK   OF    AM-TUAT 


aud  the  upper  half  of  a  serpent  called  Met-en-Asak, 
i.e.,  "  staff  of  Osiris." 

15.  The  term  of  Osiris  facing  a  deity  with  the  head 


of   a  lioness,  who   is   called   Sesent-khu,  7^ 
i.e.,  "  Terrifier  of  spirits." 

IG — 18.  Three  goddesses,  each  of  whom  has  a  sceptre 
in  her  left  hand,  and  a  uraeus  on  her  head ;  their  names 


B     " 


Secoad  Hour.    Upper  Register.    Gods  Nos.  16—21. 

are : — ]\Iest-s-tcheses,  ITI  —'*—  /5T\  i  "^     "    ,  Amama 


KHEFTIU, 


,  and  Hert-Tuati, 


I  I   I 


19—21.  The  goddesses  SEKHET,of  Thebes,  'Y'  J  'I  ^, 


Am  -  tcheeu, 


B 


M\' 


1  <=::>,  and  Xet-TEPT-ANT 


AmEXT  -  NEFERT 


■y-v^ 


THE    SECOND    DIVISION — URNES  3I 

In  the  lower  register  are  the  following  :— 
1.  A  god,  standing,  called  Nebaui,  J  [j  ^  \\  [|,f|,- 
2 — 4.  Three  gods,  each  of  whom  has  two  ears  of  corn 
stuck  in  his  hair  ;  these  are  called  Besua,  J  -^5 

Neper,  ^^  ^ ,  and  Tepu  (?),  ^^  (or,  Pan,  Q  (1  /vw^^  . 
5 — 7.  Three  gods,  each  holding  an  ear  of  wheat  in 


Second  Hour.    Lower  Reonster.    Gods  Nos.  1—8. 


his  left  hand ;  their  names  are  Hetch-a,  T  O])  ,  Ab, 


Jf 


,  and  Nepen,    d    . 

AA/WV\ 

8.  A  god,  holding  a  knife  in  his  left  hand,  called 

Ar-ast-neter,    k     n |  i . 

9 — 11.  Three  gods,  seated,  in  mummy  forms.     The 
first  has  the  head  of  a  horned  animal,  and  is  called 


Amu-aa, 


^ 


(=u) 


,  i.e.,  "  the  Eater  of  the 


32 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


phallus " ;  the  second  has  the  head  of  a  man,  and  is 
called  ^g^  ^-=>  J  (1  (1  ^  ^ ,  Akhabit  ;  and  the  third 
lias   the   head   of    a  jackal,   and   is    called    !N"ebt-ta- 

TCHESEE,     C^:C^. 

12.  The    -od    OsiPJS    Un-xefee,      i     ^T"^^^, 
in  mummy  form,  wearing  the  crown  of  the  South. 

13.  The  god  Khui,  ''^,  ?  M.  who  holds  in  each 


hand  a  long  lotus-topped  sceptre  surmounted  by  a  star. 


'Mil  f  Met- 1 


i.f.  ilirr 


Second  Hour.    Lower  Register.    Gods  Xos.  9 — 15. 

14.  The  two-headed  god  (Horus-Set  ?)  called  Hra-f- 
A-r,  ^  ^. 

15.  The  god  Heru-hen,  V  ^.  . 

16.  17.  Two  gods,  each  holding  in  his  left  hand  the 
sign  of  life  inverted;  their  names  are  HuN,  fi  ^  "^^j 
and  Hetchetchtu,  ft  o^^  ^  Vi> . 


THE    SECOND    DIVISION — URNES 


33 


18 — 20.  Three  gods,  each  holding  a  palm  branch ; 
their  names  are  Neha,  %  [1  (or,  IsTareh,  "^  <=>  X  Q?) ) , 

Makhi,  ^  (1 M ,  and  Eenpiti,  ^/^wva  \\  j  j . 

21.  A  god,  who  holds  a  knife  in  his  left  hand,  and  is 
called  Afau,^^^^. 

22.  A  god,  holding  in  his  hand  the  symbol  of  "year," 
i ,  who  is  called  Fa-ar-tru,  ^l^^"^^  QO  V 1   " ' 


J  /frrtES-^c^ul   flares.  I    -f  ^R  <^^^       ..'.^^-t; 


Second  Hour.    Lower  Register.    Gods  Nos.  16 — 22. 

The  text  referring  to  the  gods  in  the  upper  register 
reads : — 


A  .^  J\ 


A'VWW    <- .-*    _Zi      V    I       I       I  -ZT^^  T    -11      ^N\N\r^    1    AV^WS     ^^     _Zi 


^n- 


34 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


/WW\A/\    AA/NAAA 


I       I 


f^ 


I  V 


I       I       I 


0 


I       I       I 


^^i^i^rr^^ 


<::^  b  -^^  O  1    I   I  5>= 


ra 


s 


"^=1 


1 


(]^_.ra-^ 


I     I    I 


V 


:^k°^11^Jlii 


^  ^  D  a 

7i        Ji 


I  I  I  I 


1^ 


I        I        I 


^i^T^^l.^ 


cr^i  a, 

I  I  ',  © 
^  ^  w 


ra 


(\yx£) 


"  [Those  who  are  in  this  picture]  praise  this  great 
"  god_  after  he  hath  come  forth  to  them,  and  behold,  it 
"  is  their  words  which  lead  him  to  them ;  they  lament 
"  when  he  hath  passed  onwards,  having  spoken  words 
"  to  them.  Behold,  these  gods  are  they  who  make  the 
"  words  of  those  who  are  upon  earth  to  reach  [the  god], 
"  and  it  is  they  N\ho  make  soids  to  approach  their  forms. 
"  Their  work  consisteth  in  causing  to  come  into  being 
"  the   offerings  of   the  night,  and  in  performing  the 


THE    SECOND    DIVISION — URNES 


35 


"  overthrow  [of  enemies]  at  tlieir  hour.  It  is  they  who 
"  guard  the  day,  and  who  l)ring  on  the  night  until  this 
"  great  god  cometh  forth  from  out  of  the  thick  dark- 
"  ness  to  repose  in  this  Court  of  the  eastern  horizon  of 
"heaven.  They  cry  out  in  lamentation  to  this  great 
"god,  and  they  utter  wailings  for  him  after  he  hath 
"  passed  by  them.  Those  who  know  them  shall  come 
"forth  by  day,  and  he  shall  be  able  to  journey 
"  during  the  niglit  to  the  divisions  of  the  great  double 
"city." 

The  texts  which  descrilje  the  duties  of  the  grxls  in 
the  lower  register  read : — 


1 


D 


I       I 
D 


^ 


1  I  t  -U-  Jr'  [^  ^  /)  I 


I  I  I 


VS\       ^"^     AA/SA/\A  IJ  v\    'l  I     I     A'A/V\/\\  I^ 


I  I    I    I     y 


\.,  H A/WW\ 

A/WW\ 


I       I        I 


^WSAA  _ 


k^ 


III  I  I  I  Tjz:::  i 


\ 


I  j^ 


36 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


I     I 


lf{ 


t 


A^-vyvN   I 

/Vs/WV\     I 


I    I    I 


it^a™^. 


-T^  0=3  1      D  ^ 

^  D    D    I 


"  [Those  who  are  in  this  picture  give  imto  this  great 
god  the  seasons]  and  the  years  which  are  in  their 
hands.  When  this  great  god  hath  made  speech  with 
them,  they  answer  him,  and  they  have  life  through 
the  voice  of  this  great  god,  and  their  throats  draw  in 
breath,  for  when  lie  crieth  to  them  he  ordereth  them 

■  what  they  are  to  do,  and  he  appointeth  to  them  green 

■  herbs  in  abundance  in  their  field.     And  they  supply 

■  with  the  green  herbs  of  Urnes  the  gods  who  are  in 
•  the  following  of  Ra,  and  they  make  offerings  of  water 
'  to  the  spirits  by  the  command  of  this  great  god,  and 
'  they  kindle  flames  of  fire  in  order  to  burn  up  the 
'  enemies  of  Ra,  and  there  is  wailing  to  them,  and  they 
'lament  after  this  great  god  hath  passed  them  by. 
'  Am-nebaui  is  the  guardian  of  this  Field ;  whosoever 
'  knoweth  [this]  is  in  the  condition  of  a  spu'it  equipped 
'  with  [words  of  power],  and  [the  gods]  protect  [him]." 


THE   SECOND   DIVISION — URNES 


37 


The  five  lines  of  text  which  contain  the  address  of 
the  gods  to  Ea,  and  the  answer  of  the  god,  read : — 

n—^     fi    q  11!  tk    1^7^  I     ®   q    D    -^       A  *<-=^  ^^ 


Blilllllll  V^    '""^^     AA^NA     0       ■'^^       ~ 


I— 1         N\r\l\N\   I — 1 


Q.  I 


A 


J\ 


((III 


raq^i:^ 


ra 


-    0     e    ^ Jv 

(3 


Sf^^D^ll^ 


I  i  I 


^^%^' 


i"""""]  f\y^>/^ 


/VWW\     H ^-r 


^ 


1  The    sarcophagus    of    Nectauebus    gives 

^     A/W\AA  H  1 


{■^ 


D   ^  W  O      1 
=^1^    o 


^^ 


mm 


\\% 


T^- 


Ibid. 


38 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


AAA/V\A     ft.         n 


"i^ 


J\ 


(^        III     I  \>     A^'^      I     ^^,^         I        I        I 


^ 


h^1\1 


@ll 


«^^ 


"■'V 


I  I  I 


D 


f^-^^^ 


IIIIIHII       lllllllll 


lllllllll   '  ...  ■  I    w   I 
iiniini   I      \,  £i  0 


1     I — 77—1         c:^         -<2::^    A^AAAA   c^ ^,         .gC3>-      . ,^17 


;1 


iff  n  IJ  ^'^^^ 

I       <:i)    P'"'"^^     A     -O-     LI    /V'JW^         I     AAAAA^  f1     AA 

rtln  ^  ml^;r:::^^iii  ^^ 


^   -^    ^   I 


Tniirarlll  ^  JT  I   11  II    II     s 


A^AAA^      AAAAAA     A^^AAA 
I        I        I      A/VVW\      I        I        I 


AA^^A^    A^A^vV^   .e- -^      A  '/y'///''/y  n    n      Pi     ra  A 

^^^  -*-■  ^  ^iW(^  \  ^  4^ 


111! 


li^ 


AiVVWV 
1        I        1 


^  "^^^  O 


^  III  I  I  I  Q^  Jrs=3 


o 


111  I    I    1     X        ^ 


^s^^Ti 


\\\ 


^im— n-  ^AA^A^ 
^*^l     I     I 


Ibid,. 


THE    SECOND    DIVISION — URNES 


39 


I        I       I 


T 


^  JWWNA     —H—  □ 
.     1       I       I     AA/\AA^ 


9-1111 


I         I        I     I        I        lii&      JT^     I     I        I        I 


^    ^5^ 


f: 


AA/VW\     I        1      A/V\AAA 


I    I     I 


I      I       I       I 


^fl 


— H —    1     n  AA'vv\^  -fs 


llltllllll.    AAA/NAA 

AAAAAA  '^-^ 


O  III  I    I    I  -^^ 


Jl      iill    I        I       I     /ill     A/WWS    D       ^    1 

I  k  III  m !  .■■■■ 


II  1   I 

Hi 


1 1  II  <=-  <=>ii 


I     I      I 


Q  III 


0 


^^0.  I    I    I   I    I 


jJJX.      AAAAAA     /  ■ 

AAA/VVA  ^ 


a  ^^^1  111']  .m  Jr  I  I  I  ^^=  III 

/ —  I  I  liit  0  >^  -M  ^^  ^  I  I 


PP 


I  A  a   III 


1 1 1 


AW^A^    /WWW    A/V\AAA 


I    Ji 


^  Q  ~7T~ 


40  THE   BOOK  OF   AM-TUAT 

I    U       ^    A.WWV    A'WWV    2^    I  ^  fl    n    fl  □  'V\      rJT 


(S 


£J^^ 


H D      ^    WVWV    C^  Ja*^  ^  H O 


The  gods  of  the  Tuat  speak  to  this  great  god  as  he 
entereth  iu  with  understanding  to  the  boundary,  and 
he  is  borne  over  Net-Ea  into  Urnes,  saying,  "Hail, 
"  thou  who  risest  as  a  Mighty  Soul  (Kha-ba-aa),  who 
"  hast  received  [the  things  which  belong  to]  the  Tuat, 

"  Af,  thou  guardian  of  heaven thou  livest,  0 

"Ar,  in  Ta-teseet.  Come  thou,  and  cast  thou  thine 
"  eye  in  thy  name  of  Living  One,  Khepera,  at  the  head 
"  of  the  Tuat.  Traverse  thou  this  Field,  0  thou  who 
"  hast  might,  bind  thou  with  fetters  the  Hau  serpent, 
"and  smite  thou  the  serpent  Neha-hra.  There  is 
"  rejoicing  in  heaven,  and  there  are  shouts  of  gladness 
"  upon  the  earth  at  the  entrance  of  thy  (literally,  his) 
"  body.  He  who  shineth  sendeth  forth  light,  and  the 
"  Uru  gods  give  light  [at  dawn ;    destroy  thou]   the 


THE    SECOND    DIVISION — URNES  4I 

"  darkness  which  is  in  Ament  in  thy  name  of  Sekhee- 
"  SHETAU-UK-A,  illumine  thou  the  thick  darkness,  0  Af. 
"  His  jawbones  are  to  him,  and  Ka  taketh  up  his 
"  position  in  Ament.  Thy  boat  is  to  thee,  and  it  is  thy 
"right,  thou  art  guided  along,  and  those  who  convey 
"  thee  over  the  water  and  who  dwell  in  the  earth  make 
"calamities  to  come  upon  Apep  straightway  on  thy 
"behalf.  Thy  protector  is  the  Star-God  (Sba),  thou 
"art  praised  and  adored,  thy  soul  passeth  on,  thou 
"  goest  onward  and  thy  body  is  equipped  with  power, 
"  and  the  regions  (?)  are  opened  [to  thee].  The  doors 
"of  the  hidden  land  are  opened  [before  thee],  Osmis 
"cometh  unto  thee,  Osiris  avengeth  thee,  and  thy 
"word  is  madt  against  thy  enemies.  Thou  goest  to 
"rest,  thou  goest  to  rest  in  Ament,  and  thou  comest 
"  into  being  in  the  form  of  Khepera  in  the  East." 

This  great  god  sendeth  forth  words  to  the  gods  who 
dwell  in  the  Tuat  and  to  those  who  inhabit  Urnes, 
saying,  "  Open  ye  your  hidden  doors  so  that  the  god 
"  Af  may  look  [upon  you]  and  may  throw  aside  your 
"  darkness,  and  that  ye  may  draw  your  water  from 

"  Urnes,  and  your  bread  from ,  and  that  wind 

"  may  come  to  your  nostrils,  and  that  ye  may  not  be 
"  destroyed  and  overcome  by  your  own  foul  odour,  and 
"  that  ye  may  not  be  choked  by  your  own  dung,  and 
"  that  ye  may  untie  and  cast  away  your  swathings,  and 
"  that  ye  may  lift  up  your  legs  and  walk  upon  them, 
"  and  that  ye  may  stretch  out  your  arms,  and  that  your 
"souls  may  nut  be  made  to  remove  themselves  from 


42  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

"you.  0  ye  who  live  in  your  forms,  and  who  utter 
"  your  words  of  magical  power,  who  are  provided  with 
"your  swords  [whereby]  ye  may  hack  in  pieces  the 
"  enemies  of  Osiris,  whose  seasons  are  permanent,  whose 
"years  are  well  established,  who  pass  your  state  of 
"  being  [in]  your  hours,  who  dwell  in  youi'  estates,  who 
"have  your  barley  in  your  bread  cakes,  who  have 
"loaves  of  bread  made  of  the  grain  which  is  yours, 
"  whose  word  is  mafd,  depart  from  my  boats,  and 
"retreat    before    [my]    images,    [that    I]    may    vivify 

"  anew  this  your  Field,  the  Field living  ones. 

"  [My]  soul   is   among you  who   have   done 

"  battle  on  my  behalf,  who  have  protected  me  against 
"  Apep,  who  have  life  through  my  soid,  who  have  being 
"  through  my  bodies,  who  stablish  your  seats  of  holiness 
"which  have  been  decreed  to  you  that  ye  may  exist 
"  therein,  [who  are  with  your  souls]  by  day,  w^ho  are  in 
"  my  following  in  the  Tuat,  when  I  make  my  way 
"  through  the  night  and  when  I  destroy  the  darkness, 
"  0  grant  me  your  help  so  that  I  may  travel  on  in  the 
"  following  of  my  eye,  and  that  I  may  journey  forwards 
"  with  those  who  go  to  my  place  in  the  East.  Utter 
"  ye  cries  of  joy,  0  gods  of  the  Tuat,  for  I  avenge  you, 
"  [utter  ye  cries  of  joy,]  for  I  order  yom-  destinies." 

When  they  have  addressed  this  god  whilst  rowing 
along  his  boat  Am-ta,  they  cry  out,  and  they  brmg  him 
to  rest  in  the  Field  of  the  Nepektiu  gods  w^ho  are  in 
the  following  of  Osiris.  If  these  scenes  be  done  [in 
writing]  according  to  the  similitudes  which  are  in  the 


THE    SECOND    DIVISION — URNES  43 

hidden  place  of  the  palace,  and  if  a  man  hath  know- 
ledge of  [these]  words  ....  they  shall  act  as  magical 
protectors  of  a  man  upon  earth,  regularly,  unfailingly, 
and   eternally.     The  name  of   this   hour  is   Sesilet- 

MAKET-NEB-S. 


(    44     ) 


CHAPTEE  III. 

THE   THIRD  DIVISION  OF  THE   TUAT,  WHICH 
IS  CALLED  NET-NEB-UA-KHEPER-AUT. 

In  the  scene  which  ilhistrates  the  Third  Division  of 
the  Tuat,  which  is  passed  through   by  the  Sun-god 


The  Boat  of  Af,  the  dead  Sun-god,  iu  the  Third  Hour. 

during  the  Third  Houe  of  the  night,  we  see  the  boat 
of  the  god  making  its  way  over  the  waters  of  the  river 


THIRD    DIVISION — NET-NEB-UA-KHEPER-AUT      45 

in  the  underworld.  The  dead  Sun-god  Af  stands 
within  a  shrine  in  the  form  of  a  ram-headed  man,  as 
before,  but  there  is  a  change  in  the  composition  of  the 
crew,  which  now  consists  only  of  four  mariners,  two  of 
whom  stand  before  the  shrine  and  two  behind,  and  the 
goddess  of  the  hour  and  a  hawk-headed  deity,  one  of 


The  Boat  which  capsizeth. 


the  forms  of  Horns,  who  is  occupied  in  tying  loops  of 
rope  to  the  elongated  hawk-headed  rowlocks  in  which 
the  paddles  may  be  worked.  The  boat  of  Af  follows 
in  the  train  of  three  lioats,  which  may  be  thus 
described : — 

The  foremost  boat  is  called  Uaa-Penat,  >ca^  ^^^^^         , 


46 


THE    BOOK   OF  AM-TUAT 


i.e., "  The  boat  which  capsizeth  " ;  it  contains  three  hawk- 
headecl  forms  of  the  god  Horns,  and  is  steered  by  two 
male  figures,  wh(j  stand  one  in  the  bows  and  the  other 
at  the  stern.     In  the  middle  of  the  boat  stand  the 

hawk-god  Bak,  J  [|  ^n:^ ,  and  the  hawk -goddess  Baket, 
j  [1  ,  and  behind  them,  standing  on  a  snake,  is  the 


The  Boat  of  Rest. 


third  form  of  Horns.  Between  the  front  steersman 
and  Baket  is  the  serpent  Teka-hra,  l  <  [1  "^^  i-^-, 
"Fiery  face,"  and  the  aft  steersman  bears  a  name  of 
similar  meaning,  Nab-hra,  A  J  11  T* 

The   second   boat   is   called  Uaa-herer,  ItnJ  <=> , 


THIRD    DIVISION — NET-NEB-UA-KHEPER-AUT      47 


i.e.,  "The  boat  of  Best,"  and  has  in  the  middle  an 
Osiris  god  in  the  form  of  a  mummy ;  each  end  of  the 
boat  terminates  in  the  liead  of  a  cynocephalus,  and  it  is 
steered  by  two  beings,  one  of  whom  is  called  Tesem-hra-f, 

He  whose  face  is  like  a  knife," 


The  Boat  of  the  Branch. 


i.e.,  "  The  ferryman  who  resteth  not."     The  Osiris  god 
stands  between  two  gods,  one  of  whom  is  called  Au-matu, 

f^  ^^  ^ ,  and  the  serpent  which  stands  on  its  tail 

between  the  steersman  in  the  bows  and  the  first  god  is 


called  Set-em-iira-f, 


48 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


The   third   boat  is   called   Pa-khet,    ax^         ,  i.e., 

"  The  Branch,"  and  each  end  terminates  in  the  head  of 
a  lion.     In  the  middle  of  it  stands  the  form  of  Osiris, 

who  is  called  Shefshef,  ^  ,  and  he  wears  on  his 

head  a  pair  of  ram's  horns ;  his  arms  and  the  upper 


The  Four  Forms  of  Osiris. 


portion  of  his  body  are  swathed.  Behind  him  stands 
the  muimnied  form  called  Am-ta,  l\-\\-         ,  and  before 

hhn  the  god  Keb-uast,  ^37  -^01.  Of  the  two 
steersmen,  only  the  name  of  the  second,  Khex,  or 
Khenxu,  W  ^  V ,  is  given :  the  name  of  the  serpent 


THIRD    DIVISION — NET-NEB-UA-KHEPER-AUT      49 

which    stands   on   its   tail    is    Set-em-maat-f, 


The  procession  of   boats  is  met    by  four  forms  of 
Osiris,  who  stand  with  the  upper  portion  of  their  bodies 

swathed.     Their   names   are: — 1.  Neb-net,  /wwva  ^vsa^/vn . 

^  1     'vAA^AA 

2.    Meni,  nn.      3.    Ai;i-tcheeu,  ^£"^^^11. 

4.  Maa-tcheru,  ^"^    ^   '^ 


The  text  written  above  the  boats  reads  :- 


y\ 


1 


□  ^^ 

^A^  — 

D     ^ 

/■v^^AA^  aa(Vw\ 


'^'^'VvAA    /vvwv\ 


i^^\ 


rji 


\i 


I  I 


•<2>- 


31 


Q. 


.<2>-    ©      "^    AAA/V\A 
WVV    A/WW\      A     V    AAAA/W    •^C2>-    /^      —        ■  /I        U         _Z1  _/l  M      JL     AA/Vv/V\ 


C3a 


I   I  I 


^^1 


^  \> 


D 


I     /WW\A     I       ^      I     _CJ 
^         AAA/^V\  I  I 


I  I 


A/^W\A 

A/WAAA 


50  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

"  This  great  god  journeyeth  over  Net-neb-ua-kheper- 
"  AUT  (i.e.,  the  "Water  of  the  Lord  One,  the  Creator  of 
"  food).  [He  who  is  iu]  this  picture  transporteth  the 
"  boats  which  are  in  the  earth,  and  he  paddleth  Osiris 
"  to  this  City.  This  great  god  resteth  for  a  period  in 
"  this  City,  and  he  sendeth  forth  his  voice  to  Osiris, 
"and  to  those  who  are  m  his  following,  and  [then] 
"  these  hidden  boats  guide  him  into  this  Field.  This 
"great  god  paddleth  through  this  Field  towards  the 
"Hour  Tent-baiu,  and  these  boats  journey  roimd  to 
"  the  district  of  Thettu,  after  traversing  this  City. 
"  Whosoever  knoweth  these  things  shall  have  both  his 
"  habitation  and  his  bread  with  Ra." 

In  the  upper  register  are  the  following : — 

1.  A  dog-headed  ape  seated  on  an  oval  mass  of  sand ; 


he    is    called    Her-sha-f,    r\n  .    ur    <:ir>  III, 

0  o  c  o  I   w  I  ^^— 

"  He  who  is  on  his  sand." 

2.  A  dog-headed  ape  called  Tcheb-netek,  ^°^    J  '   |  > 

or  Tebi-keter,  c:^:^  J  H^    I  1  '  ^sated  in  a  cofier(?) 
with  a  vaulted  roof. 

3,  4.  Two  jackal -headed  gods  called  A^'PU,  (J  □  ^ , 


and  Nehem-kheeu,   i-r-.    ^^^^  «— o  i  v>  Si^ ,  or  Xeha- 


KHERU,    |-j-| 

5,  6.  A  man  and  a  woman,  who  hold  in  each  hand  a 
pupil  of  the  Eye  of  Horus,  or  Ea ;  the  man  is  called 


THIRD    DIVISION — NET-NEB-UA-KHEPER-AUT      51 

Anth,    a     \    ,  i.e.,  "  He  who  brings,"  and  the  woman 
I\  ,  Antet,!  i.e.,  "  She  who  brings." 

,0  111. 


7.  The  ram  Sma-kheftiu-f, 

8.  A  m 
Pet-ahat, 


8.  A  mummied  form,  with  projecting  hands,  called 


■  i^i^ 


iSK: 


•4?r. 


UZZ^^T^} 


n 


^B'   .,-7    «;  -; 


QZZ^ 


Third  Hour.     Upper  Register.     Gods  Nos.  1—6. 

9.  Anubis  of  Thebes,  tj  q  ^  -    h  i'l  the  form  of  a 
jackal,  coiichant  on  a  pylon. 

10.  A  kneeling  man,  who  holds  in  his  left  hand  a 
pupil  of  the  Eye  of  Ka,  and  is  called  Ak-maat-Ea- 

SEHETEP  -  NETEKU;     R    ^^^  7    I       „    |      ,    i.e.,    "  The 

"  bringer  of  the  Eye  of  Ra,  who  maketh  content  the 
"  gods." 


Or, 


1 


Or, 


52 


THE    BOOK   OF  AM-TUAT 


lS^^^Liii^AIiffiiil^°i^ 


A 


Third  Hour.    Upper  Re^ster.    Gods  >'os.  7—11. 

11.  The  papyrus  sceptre  Uk-hekau,  ^^§  T[7?  i-®-. 
"  Great  one  of  words  of  power,"  surmoimted  by  a  piece 
of  flesh,  9^. 

12 — 15.  Four    gods,    whose    names    are    Sah-ab, 


Third  Hour.    Upper  Register.    Gods  Xo8.  12—19. 


THIRD    DIVISION — NET-NEB-UA-KHEPER-AUT      53 
fi      S     -O",    ThEMA,        ^,     HUN-SAHU,     fi    -|=>    Q\ 

"^  I  9 ,  and  Thet-em-kerh,  ^^  "^      '    ^    |  fy^. 

IG — 19.  Four  mummied  forms.  The  first  has  a  pair 
of  horns  on  his  head,  the  second  two  curved  plumes  (?), 
the  third  a  winged  uraeus,  and  the  head  of  the  fourth 
is  without  ornament ;  their  names  appear  to  be  Peba-f, 


Third  Hour.    Upper  Register.    Gods  Nos.  20—26. 


D 


. ,  Ka-aru, 


U 


.,  AuAi,    n 

and  Teba,  e^ii  J  "(^^  '  1 1  '. 

20 — 23.  Four   goddesses,   whose    names    are    PIait, 

and    Kemit,    0  ^  ^  ^^^  5    these,   as   their    names 

testify,  were  professional  mourners. 

followed   by 


24,    The  god  Heru-kheti, 


W 


54  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

the   Hennu,    9.  v\,   standard,  i.e.,  the   hawk   of 

Seker  upon  a  standard, 


°^ 


25,  26.  The   gods   Meh-Maat, 
Neter-neferu,  nil. 

The  text  which  refers  to  the  above  reads 


and 


it—    AAAAy\A  II 


::! 


/W^AA 

I  I  I 


^ 


A^yv^A    X     A^^^A/^^    iSX 

I   I   I    I   I   I   I  _B^ 


I     AV\AAA       X       AAA^Vv 
I      I        I        I         I        I        I        I 


Jl  ^ 


"<       III    I       i       I    ^    If    1       1       I 

n-^-^     I  Jl     III 

1   ^    D 


—ti AAA/^ 


f]^irr;i^ 


I        1        I 


S    ^^^  p)      (~]  A/v\A/v\   ,---—->  A^^^v^^ 

Ji  Ji       ^        I    I      I      I        ^       I      I      I 


o 


°^k^^tSi,Pjqii 


000 


y\ 


n    AA/VW\     I  I 


s 


I    s 


I        I         I     A/WAAA 


I^ITStrr^y^l^^^ 


y^ 


=,1110    D'2'llll    L^    ^ww. 


II               n  ra  A        AA'VW^ 

•*'^' — **    I 1    Vi^  -'-' 


IflfTQ 


QiP 


"Those  who  are  in  this  pictnre  in  the  Tuat  have 
"  the  flesh  of  their  own  bodies,  and  tlieir  souls  speak 


THIRD    DIVISION — NET-NEB-UA-KHEPER-AUT       55 


"  over  them,  and  their  sliadows  are  united  inito  them, 
"and  after  this  great  god  liatli  addressed  them,  they 
"  speak  to  him,  and  they  say  words  of  praise  to  him, 
"and  they  weep  after  he  hath  passed  them  by.  The 
"  work  which  is  theirs  in  Amentet  is  to  take  vengeance 
"  upon  the  Seba  fiend  of  Ea,  to  make  Nu  to  come  into 
"  being,  to  make  Hap  (i.e.,  the  Nile)  to  flow,  and  when 


a  t=Sj5 


■^^-^ 


Third  Hour.    Lower  Register.    Gods  Nos.  1 — C. 

"  he  hath  come  forth  in  the  earth  from  them,  they  send 
"  forth  their  voice,  and  take  vengeance  upon  the  Seba 
"  fiend.  AVhosoever  knoweth  [these  things]  shall,  when 
"  he  passeth  by  these  beings,  not  be  driven  away  by  their 
"  roarings,  and  he  shall  never  fall  down  into  their  caverns." 
J  ■  In  the  lower  register  are  :— 
1.  The  god  Khnemu,  ram-headed. 


2.  A  bearded  male  figure  called  Nerta, 
hands  raised  in  adoration. 


with 


56 


THE    BOOK    OF   AM-TUAT 


3 — 6.  Four  forms  of  Osiris,  mummified,  bearded,  and 
wearing   the  White  Crown,  and  seated  on  chairs   of 

state ;  their  names  are  Asar-xeb-Amextet,    IJ 


ASAR  -  KHEXT  -  AmEXTET,       J]       ifl},  ft,    AsAR  -  ASTI,       ]] 

,  and  A.SAR-TIIET-HEH,  that  is,  "  Osiris,  lord  of 


Third  Hour.    Lower  Register.    Gods  Nos.  7 — 13. 

Amentet,"  "  Osiris  at  the  head  of  Amentet,"  "  Osiris  of 
the  two  seats,"  and  "  Osiris,  conqueror  of  millions  of 
years." 

7 — 11.  Five    goose-headed    beings,   each   holding    a 
knife   in   his   right   hand ;    four   of    their   names   are 


NeIIA  -  HRA, 

Ate:mti,  (] 


ra 


^ 


,1    Akebsex,   ^sJ 

^      W     O  IT,  111    t 

2  and  TUATUI,  i  i 


1  Or, 


ra 


^T- 


2  Or, 


W 


THIRD    DIVISION— NET-NEB-UA-KHEPER-AUT      57 

12—14.  A  male  figure  called  SepaashaT,  -^  ^ 
or     II     /^  ^  ,  who  holds  a  knife  with  1  loth 


liands,  and  stands  lietween  two  women,  whose  names 
are  Meskh-set,  ^  -|-,  and  Tept-bes-s,  ^^^  J  ^  f|  P. 


or 


15.  The  male  bearded  figure  Amenti,  [| 


■  ■miiin 

AA/WV\  , 

c^  w 


Third  Hour.    Lower  Register.    Gods  Nos.  1-i— 19. 

IG 19.  Four  forms  of  Osiris,  mummified,  bearded, 

and  wearing  tlie  Ked  Crown,  and  seated  on  chairs  of 

state;   their  names  are  Asar-ka-Amentet,  J_^  U  p' ? 

ASAE-HEE-KHENTU-F,     fl        „  «^^ ,  AsAE-BaTTI  ( ?\ 


i 


c^ 


and  Asar-kherp-ketepu,    JJ 


I . 


20,  21.  The   two   goddesses   Seh,  |J^,   and   AiiaU, 


58  THE    BOOK    OF    AM-TUAT 

T   V '  ^^^^^  stand   grasping  the  sceptre  1  with  both 
hands,  and  have  their  heads  turned  behind  them. 

22.  The  goddess  Ba-khati,  .j."^^:  (Jl] ,  who  holds 
in  each  hand  one  of  the  eyes  of  Horns  or  Ea. 

23.  The  god  Khetra,  (1 ,  holding  |  and  -V-. 


Third  Hour.    Lower  Register.    Gods  Xos.  20— 26. 

24 — 26.  Three  gods,  with  bowed  backs,  who  touch 
the  earth  with  their  hands. 

The  text  relating;  to  the  above  reads : — 


^-^  Mil 


!     D 


/^A^/w\    I 
— »—    I 

AWW\     I 


THIRD    DIVISION — NET-NEB-UA-KHEPER-AUT      59 


AAAAAA     I     A^AA/\^  II 


-«—    I 


^'^'^'^^    AAAAW 


I     I        I       I     I       I       I 


D 


D 


6^  ~^ 


^        I 


^W 


II   0  n  <£?  ^ 

I     AAAAAA    (J      ~ 

I  <:!=>  1 


I  I  I  nil  I  I 


I      ^ 


^'^^^ 


^^^ 


AA^AAA 

O  @x 


l<=r>  W  III  ^^Jw 


^    2^.=^    _^    I       I        I    11        I     ^    Jf    ^1    I        I        1 


f|         k^j^ 


I    I    I  _B^    J}i       Jl       I 


n 


I  1  i  I 


"  Those  who  are  in  this  picture  [and  those  who  are 
'  in]  the  house  of  Tet  praise  this  great  god,  and  when 
'  this  great  god  liath  sent  forth  words  to  them,  they 
'  come  to  life,  for  when  he  hath  called  to  them  and 
'  hath  sent  forth  his  words  to  them  [they  have]  their 

■  water,  and  they  receive  their  due  (literally,  heads)  in 
■addition  to  the  utterance  of  his  moutli.     Tlie  work 

■  which  they  have  to  do  in  Anient  is  to  hew  and  to 
hack  souls  in  pieces,  and  set  restraint  upon  shadows, 
and  to  destroy  such  doomed  beings  as  have  their 
being  in  tlieir  place  of  destruction  which  blazeth  with 


60  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

"  fire.  They  send  forth  flaraes  and  they  cause  fires  to 
"spring  up,  and  the  enemies  are  as  those  who  have 
"  their  knives  over  (or,  on)  their  heads.  They  wail 
"and  they  lament  when  this  great  god  hath  passed 
"  them  by.  The  name  of  the  warder  of  this  Field  is 
"  Khetra.  Wliosoever  knoweth  this  shall  be  in  the 
"  condition  of  a  spirit  who  hath  dominion  over  his  legs." 
M.  Maspero,  in  his  description  of  the  Third  Hour,^ 

*  The  portions  rendered  by  M.  Maspero  read  thus : — Ce  grand 
dieu  dit  aux  Biou  shetiou  (ames  mysterieuses)  qui  suivent  Osiris ; 
"  O  vous  dont  j'ai  rendu  mysterieuses,  dont  j'ai  occulte  les  ames, 
"que  j'ai  mis  a  la  suite  d'Osiris  pour  le  defendre,  pour  escorter  ses 
"  images,  pour  aneantir  ceux  qui  I'attaquent,  si  bien  que  le  dieu  Hon 
"  est  a  toi,  6  Osiris,  derriere  toi,  pour  te  defendre,  pour  escorter  tes 
"  images,  pour  aneantir  ceux  qui  I'attaquent,  si  bien  que  Hon  est  a 
"  toi,  6  Osiris,  que  Sa  est  a  toi,  6  Khontamentit,  vous  dont  les  formes 
"  sont  stables,  vous  dont  les  rites  assurent  I'existence,  vous  qui 
"  respirez  I'air  [de  vos  narines,  qui  voyez]  de  vos  faces,  qui  ecoutez 
"  de  vos  oreilles,  qui  etes  coiffes  de  vos  coufieh,  qui  etes  vetus  de  vos 
"  bandelettes,  qui  avez  des  revenus  d'offrandes  ^  vous  sur  terre  par 
"  1 'office  des  pretres  du  dieu,  qui  avez  des  champs  k  vous  de  votre 
"  propre  domaine,  vous  dont  les  ames  ne  sont  point  renversees,  dont 
"  les  corps  ne  sont  point  culbutes,  ouvrez  vos  cercles  et  tenez-vous  k 
"  vos  places,  car  je  suis  venu  pour  voir  mes  corps,  inspecter  mes 
"  images  qui  sont  dans  I'autre  monde,  et  vous  m'avez  convoye  pour 
"  me  permettre  de  leur  apporter  mon  aide,  si  bien  que  je  conduis  \ 
"  la  rame  ton  ame  au  ciel,  6  Osiris,  ton  ame  a  la  terre,  6  Khonta- 
"ougrit,  avec  tes  dieux  derriere  toi,  tes  manes  devant  toi,  ton  etre 
"  et  tes  formes  [sur  toi  ■'],  et  alors  ton  mane  est  enchante,  6  Osiris, 
"  vos  manes  sont  enchantes,  6  vous  qui  suivez  Osiris.  Je  monte  en 
"  terre  et  le  joiu*  est  derriere  moi ;  je  traverse  la  nuit,  et  mon  ame 
"se  reunit  ^  vos  formes  pendant  le  jour,  j'accomplis  de  nuit  les 
"rites  qui  vous  sont  necessaires,  j'ai  cree  vos  ames  pour  moi,  afin 
"  qu'elles  soient  derriere  moi,  et  ce  que  j'ai  fait  pour  elles  vous 
"  empeche  de  tomber  au  lieu  d'aneantissement." 


THIRD    DIVISION — NET-NEB-UA-KHEPER-AUT      6l 

includes  an  extract  from  the  speech  which  the  Sun-god 
Ea  makes  to  the  inhabitants  of  Net-neb-ua-khepeii- 
AUT ;  as  he  points  out,  though  three  copies  of  the  speech 
are  extant,  all  are  mutilated  (see  Lefebure,  Le  Tomheau 
de  Seti  I"-.,  1"  partie,  pU.  xv.-xvii.,  pU.  xviii.-xx.,  and 
pi.  xxii.),  and  it  is  impossible  at  present  to  reconstruct 
the  text,  although  the  general  meaning  of  several 
sentences  is  clear  enough. 


(       62       ) 


CHAPTER  IV. 

THE  FOURTH  DIVISION  OF  THE  TUAT,  WHICH 
IS  CALLED  ANKHET-KHEPERU. 

In  the  scene  that  illustrates  the  Fouiith  Division  of 
the  Tuat,  which  is  passed  through  by  the  Sun-god 
during  the  Fourth  Hour  of  the  night,  a  region  wMch 
is  entirely  different  from  anything  seen  previously  is 
entered.  We  see  that  the  general  arrangement  which 
makes  each  Division  to  contain  three  sections  has  been 
followed,  but  the  actual  path  of  the  Boat  of  the  Sun  is 
different.  Instead  of  passing  along  the  middle  section 
as  before,  the  god  is  obliged  to  pass  over  the  region  of 
the  kingdom  of  Seker.  The  course  which  was  usually 
passed  over  by  the  dead  runs  from  one  side  of  the 
section  to  the  otlier  diagonally,  and  it  may  be  thus 
described : — Starting  from  the  upper  side  of  the  top- 
most division,  the  corridor,  which  is  caUed  Re-stau, 

-^ 
<rr>  — ^ ,  slants  across  to  the  lower  side ;  at  the  point 

"?" 
where  it  touches  the  line  which  divides  the  first  and 

second    section    is    a    door,    which    is    thrown    open. 
Mates  -  sma  -  ta,    ^\    c-=^  ^'=:>>- 
or  ^^>^  x  iSi .     The  corridor  runs 


The    door  is   called    Mates  -  sma  -  ta,    V\    c-=^  ^'=:>>- 


The  Kingdom  of  Seker. 


THE    FOURTH    DIVISION — ANKHET-KHEPERU        65 

parallel  with  the  line  which  divides  the  first  and 
second  section  for  some  distance,  and  is  described  as 
the  "  road  of  the  secret  things  of  Re-stau ;  the  god  doth 
"  not  pass  through  the  leaves  of  the  door,  but  they  hear 

"  his  voice,"  ^^      p=,  .-^-^  — ^  | a 


AAAAAA 


^  I      \\      I    AA/VW\  . 


I  I  i^Jr^K^'^ir^^Jr^i  i  i' "^ -^<=.-iii  -  -^ 


1 


A/WNAA    A'VV^A^ 


I  [q]   ^  I      v/0  '"'''^'^  •     "^  sharp  bend  takes 

Re-stau  in  a  slanting  direction  across  the  middle  section 
of  the  scene,  and  at  the  bottom  of  it  is  another  door, 

which  is  called  Metes-mau-at,  ^  «,  i  : 

the  corridor  runs  parallel  with  the  line  which  divides 
the  second  and  third  section  for  some  distance,  when  it 
crosses  the  section,  again  in  a  slanting  direction,  and  at 
the  end  of  it  is  a  third  door,  which  is  called  Metes- 

EN-NEHEH,  ^  — *—  ''^''^  Tov    fi  O  ft .     In  the  second 

■         ■         Ja^    ^'^y^    AAAAAA     _£^    A  A 

slant  of  the  corridor  is  an  inscription  which  describes 
it  as  the  "  road  by  which  entereth  the  body  of  Seker, 
"  who  is  on  his  sand,  the  image  which  is  hidden,  and  is 

"  neither  seen  nor  perceived,"  ^^^  -'-^       j|  '^ 

^  '     ^       I      ^      ^    ^   111    ^    A  III 

/\J\/V\rV\  A/^AA/^A  J 


/VWVVA— «—  _gv       ^      ^^\>     III— *— 


1  Variant,  avvws    -^-^  ]]  '=^3^  \\  J| \>   i||  -5:--^ 


III  <=i  ciQ      ^    <^:>     \H  rwi 


-C2>-. 
7r^-^  G     O 


66 


THE    BOOK    OF   AM-TUAT 


As  the  further  course  of  the  corridor  will  be  described 
under  the  Fifth  Hour  we  may  pass  on  to  consider  the 
Boat  of  the  Sun,  and  the  means  by  which  the  god 
makes  his  way  onward. 

Ea  and  the  gods  who  formed  his  crew  have  left  the 
boat  in  which  they  travelled  until  now,  and  have 
betaken  themselves  to  one,  each  end  of  which  termi- 
nates in  the  head  of  a  serpent.  This  serpent-boat  is 
drawn  along  by  four  gods,  who  are  called  Tun-en-maa, 
^ ^  ^  Her-uarfu,  <=>  ^  S  2  Ar-nefertu, 

{\  <=>  I  <=>  /  and  Shetai,  ^^^^  (1(1 .     Above  the  boat 

is  written,  "  [Whilst]  this  gi'eat  god  journeyeth  over 
"  those  wlio  are  in  this  scene  the  flames  whicli  the 
"mouth  of  his  boat  emit  guide  him  through  these 
"pools;  he  seeth  not  their  forms,  but  he  crieth  to 
"  them  and  to  their  places,  and  they  hear  his  voice," 

a  "=1L  Jl^ 

D 


H^l'l 


/VWS/V\    AA/VNAA 


Til 


m 


I     w 


TT 


[^^ 


ra 


^liml^^^ 


^ 


^  I  I  I 


Variant,  ^  R  "'^  \,  .  2  Variant, 


^  Variant,    avww 


The  Kingdom  of  Seker. 


THE   FOURTH    DIVISION — ANKHET-KHEPERU       6g 
In  front  of  those  who  tow  the  boat  of  Ka  are : — 

1.  A  form  of  Osiris  called  Em-ankhti,  ^v    -V- 

or  t ■¥"         (see  p.  71). 

2.  The  crook  of  Osiris,  ^  ll    ,  or  i 


hN\l-'J\K 


o   W' 


i  -  <^ 

(see  p.  75). 

3,  4.  Thoth,  ibis-headed,  and  Horns,  hawk-headed, 
standing  facing  each  other,  with  the  Utchat,  "^^^ 
above  their  outstretched  hands  and  arms;  the  title  of 

Thoth  is  Uthesu,  ^^^^^P^"^'  ^^T.^'  ^•^•' 
"  the  Eaiser,"  and  that  of  Horus  is  Au-aU,  j^  v  "TI  , 
or  J^  %^ ,  "  the  wide  of  hands."  The  Utchat  is 
called  Sekki,  ^^=^  w . 

5.  The  god  Sethen-hat,  g==5  =^,  or  s=5  ^  ^=5, 
wearing  the  crown  of  the  South. 

6.  The  god  Her-tebat-f,  <=>  c=^>  J  ^^^  ,  i.e., 

"He  who  is  over  his  place  of  burial,"  having  in  the 
place  of  a  head  two  curved  objects,  which  M.  Maspero 
identifies  with  mummy  bandages  (sec  p.  79). 

7.  The  god  Uatch-hra,  T  -^ ,  i.e.,  "  Green  Face  " 
(see  p.  79). 


8.  The  god  Hetep,  ,  who  carries  the  crook  of 

Osiris  mentioned  above  (No.  2)  (see  p.  79). 

9 — 11.  Three  gods,  each  of  whom  carries  •¥■  in  his 


70 


THE   BOOK  OF   AM-TUAT 


left  hand,  whose  names  are  Sem-ankh,  ^'^^t  ■¥",  An-her, 
R  £55 ,  and  Ut-met,  |  |  (see  pp.  79,  83). 

12.    The  goddess  Nebt-ankh,  •¥■  (see  p.  83). 

The  text  which  refers  to  these  beinfis  reads : — 


AAAAAA      '  '  ' 


!    D 


r\     .IlllllliJI.     /AAAAA 
[       AA^/sAA       I      1      I 


ssa 


I       I        I 


=  1 

A       1 


iiiiiitttt  ^^^ 


Mil 


Zl    J^  (I   /wwv^       ^  '^''^ 

^        I        I        I      1    ^WAA     [3TI1  <li  1       I       I 


I^J^^ 


I      AAA/\AA         /N     A/VS^^A 

I  -<2-       I  I   I 


AAA^^V^ 
AftAAAA    V  I    i       I       I 


"  Those  who  are  in  this  pictnre,  in  their  forms  of 
"  their  bodies,  are  the  hidden  [travellers]  upon  the  way 
"  of  the  holy  country  whose  secret  things  are  hidden. 
"  They  are  the  guardians  of  the  way  of  the  holy  [land] 
"  for  those  who  enter  into  the  hidden  place  of  the 
"  Tuat,  and  they  keep  ward  over  Anpu  in  liis  forms  as 
"  he  tows  them  along,  when  he  entereth  in  by  them  in 
"  the  holy  land." 

In  the  upper  register  are  : — 

1.  A  goddess,  wearing  the  crown  of  the  North, 
apparently  a  form  of  Xeith  (see  p.  63). 


1  The  words  over  which  a  line  is  iiriuted  are  repeated  inadvertently 
by  the  scribe. 


The  Kingdom  of  Seker. 


THE    FOURTH    DIVISION — ANKHET-KHEPERU        "J^ 


2.  A  serpent,  with  a  human  head,  and  two  pairs  of 
human  feet  and  legs  (see  p.  63). 

3 — 5.  Three  serpents,  which  move  side  by  side  along 

the    ground   "upon    their   bellies,"     ^ 


I   I   I 


.     Of  them  it  is  said,  "  Those  who  are  in  this 


"  picture  make  their  passage  to  every  place  each  day," 


I   I   I 


o 


(see 


p.  67). 

6.  The  scorpion  Ankhet,  ■¥■  ^ ,  and  a  large  uraeus. 

Of  these  it  is  said,  "  Those  who  are  in  this  picture 
"stand  in  Ke-stau  at  the  head  of  the  way  [to  guard 


it]," 


J\    -^^£55' 


Behind  these  stands  a  god,  who  appears  to  be  making 
an  offering  of  two  libation  vases  to  the  serpent.  Of 
him  it  is  said,  "  He  who  is  in  this  picture  is  the  guide 

of    the   holy   way,"      ;    '  "  "'  '         ^ 


■]1 


(see  p.  71). 


7.  A  three-headed  serpent,  with  a  pair  of  hawk's 
wings,  and  two  pairs  of  human  legs,  and  of  him  it  is 
said,  "  He  who  is  in  this  picture  in  the  Tuat  is  the 
"  warder  of  this  holy  way  of  Ee-stau ;  he  liveth  upon 
"  the  abundance  [which  cometh]  from  his  wings,  his 


body,    [and]    his   heads," 


I     0 


74 


THE   BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


^^^^^  /wwv\ 


e=£=,  — ^  0  ' 


jl  ^  ^     (see  pp.  71, 75). 

8.  The  god  Ap-Tuat,  \/  a  ^  ,  who  h(jlds  a  sceptre, 
I ,  in  his  right  hand,  and  stands  before  the  serpent 
JSTeheb-kau,  'wvaaa  0    J  LJ^  which  has  two  heads  on  one 

end  of  its  l)ody,  and  one  head,  instead  of  a  tail,  at  the 
other.  Of  the  god  Ap-Tuat  it  is  said,  "  He  who  is  in 
"  this  picture  is  in  tlie  form  which  Horus  made,  and  he 
"  openeth   [the  way]  for  the  two  gods  on  this  way," 


^ 


D 


^^11? 


I     AAAAAA        W\\-        _tl  L 

£55  .     Of  the  serpent  Xeheb-kau  it  is  said,  "  He 

"  who  is  in  this  picture  is  at  his  place  Net-mu,  by  the 
"holy  way  of  passage  of  Ee-stau,  and  he  journeyeth 
"  about  to  every  place  each  day,  and  he  liveth  upon  the 
"  abundance   of   that  which   issueth   from   his  mouth," 


Aj\/v\    n 


/V^A^/V\    AAAA/VV 


I    AAA/v^^ 


ci  n  o 


1  I    AA/\A.\A 

'^' /WWW    AAA/W\ 


£52 


fZkf^^ 


(see  pp.  75,  79). 

9.  A  god,  who  grasps  the  third  head  of  Xeheb-kau 
with  his  right  hand,  and  a  staff'  with  a  curled  end  in 
the  left ;   facing  him  is  a  headless  god  called  Ab-  Tuat 

ojT^^(«eepp.  79,83). 


The  Kingdom  of  Seker. 


THE    FOURTH    DIVISION — ANKHET-KHEPERU        "J"] 


10.  A  goddess  of  the  South  (Nekhebet)  and  a  goddess 
of  the  North.  Of  the  last  group  of  figures  it  is  said, 
"  Those  who  are  in  this  picture  are  in  the  form  wherein 
"Horus  hath  made  them;  they  are  the  warders  of 
"  the  serpent  ISTehepu,  who  guide  him  to  the  hidden 

"  thing  which  is  on   this   secret  way," 


A/VSA/V\ 
AA/WV\    I        I       I 


/WVW\ 

ra  D 


D 
t^ a 


^ 


(see 


p.  83). 

In  the  lower  register  are : — 

1.  A  large  boat,  each  end  of  which  terminates  in  the 
head  of  a  woman ;  lying  along  the  bottom  of  the  boat 

is  the  serpent  Hetch-nau,  m  0   ^  y^  v\  (see 

pp.  63,  67).  Concerning  him  it  is  said,  "  He  ^  who  is  in 
"  this  picture  ....  in  his  boat  great,  is  the  [serpent] 
"  which  guardeth  the  Aheth  chamber ;  he  standeth  up  at 
"  the  mouth  of  the  hidden  passages  of  the  Ahet  chamber, 
"  and  he  liveth  upon  the  two  voices  of  the  heads  of  the 


"ljoat,''S^  ^ 

y       A/VNAAA   I      I       I      I       vm\.     I 


I    AAAAA^  yy,  . 


W 


j\ 


-g- 


T\^^T.M\\\tl 


'  The  text  is  in  the  plural. 


78  THE    BOOK   OF    AM-TUAT 

A^AAAA 

^^ .  Under  the  neck  of  this  serpent  is  the  emblem 
"life,"-?-. 

2.  A    woman    called     Muthenith,    '^SSSS^    AA    s=3, 
standing  (see  p.  67). 

3.  A  woman  called  Shatheth,  r-vr-i  "^^^  ^ ^_J^ , 

standing  (see  p.  67). 

4.  The    di^^ne    mummy    form    Benni,    J  ^^^  (1  (] , 
seated  (see  p.  71). 

5.  A    lion-headed    goddess    called    Hen-kherth  (?), 

Q  /vwwv  ^^    (see  p.  71). 

6.  A  goddess,  with  a  pair  of  horns  on  her  head,  in  a 
sitting  position,  hut  with  no  throne  to  sit  upon ;  her 

name   is   Thest-apt,  \ef    (see   p.  71).     Of   these 

beings  it  is  said,  "  Those  who  are  in  this  picture  are  in 
"  the  forms  wherein  Horus  made  them,  and  they  stand 
"  on  the  ground  of  Re-stau  in  the  hidden  place " 

/WWV^     III  ®  i       I       I      — H—    .<2> 0      A  -/J         I       I       I     I  ^ 


— (0 —   /vvvw\  g         s 


7.  The  male  serpent  Amen,  [1  (see  pp.  75,  77). 

8.  The   female  serpent   Hekent,  ft  aaa^  ^^  which 

has  a  human  head  growing  out  of  its  body,  a  little 
distance  from  the  tip  of  its  tail ;  the  human  head  faces 
the  serpent  Amen.     Of  the  male  serpent  it  is  said,  "  He 


The  Kingdom  of  Seker, 


THE    FOURTH    DIVISION — ANKHET-KHEPERU        8l 

"  who  is  in  this  picture  is  the  guardian  of  the  secret 
"  passages  which  lead  to  the  Ahetii  chamber ;  he 
"journeyeth  round  to  every  place  each  day,  and  he 
"  liveth  on  the  words  of  the  gods  who  guard  this  road," 


I  ^vjK  —^—  ° ■  2^^  n  31  I 1 


meaning   of   the   legend   which   refers    to   the   female 
serpent  Hekent  is  not  clear ;  it  reads :  ^^  ^      ^ 


AAAAAA 


9.  The  three-headed  serpent  (see  p.  79)  Menmenut, 

A^^wvA    A  ,  which  is  described  as  the  "  hidden  image 

"of  the  Aheth  chamber  [of  Seker],  which  is  illumined 
"  daily  at  the  birth  of  Khepera  by  that  which  cometh 
"  forth  from    the  faces   of    [the    serpent]    Menment," 

the  back  of  this  serpent  are  six  stars  and  fourteen 
human  heads,  each  of  which  is  surmounted  by  a  disk. 
These  fourteen  heads  represent,  as  M.  Maspero  has  well 
shown,  the  gods  of  the  first  fourteen  days  of  the  month, 
who  are  being  carried  by  the  three-headed  serpent  to 

G 


82  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

the  Utchat,  which  Thoth  and  Horus  are  carrying  to  it ; 
they  appear  again  in  the  next  Division  of  the  Tuat, 
where  they  are  seen  drawing  along  the  boat  of  the  sim. 

10.  The  winged  disk  of  the  god  Khepera,  M    U. 

Beneath  stands  the  "envoy  of  heaven,"  ^^  ^^^^,  with 
his  right  hand  raised,  and  his  left  stretched  out,  and 
behind  him  is  the  goddess  Maat,  n  ^^  (see  p.  83). 


The  Kingdom  of  Seker 


(     85     ) 


CHAPTEE  V. 

THE    FIFTH    DIVISION   OF    THE    TUAT, 
WHICH  IS   CALLED  AMENT. 

In  the  scene  that  ilhistrates  the  Fifth  Division  of 
the  Tuat,  which  is  passed  through  by  the  Sun-god 
during  the  Fifth  Hour  of  the  night,  we  see  the  boat 
of  the  sun  being  drawn  along  by  seven  gods  and  seven 
goddesses  (see  pp.  91,  95, 99, 103, 107).  The  legend  over 
the  seven  gods  is  partly  broken  away,  but  what  remains 
of  it  proves  that  it  must  have  been  similar  in  meaning 
to  that  which  is  over  the  heads  of  the  goddesses,  which 
reads, "  These  are  the  goddesses  which  tow  Ea  along  in  the 
"  Tuat  over  this  Circle,  and  they  make  this  great  god 
"  to  advance  so  that  he  may  rest  in  Nu  in  the  Tuat," 

liiio  111  1  ^-M^  CTz:  I  ^=>cnii^s:-/wwNA  I     i  J\ 

I     /WWNA    r-^-^    J^^=_     1       U       F=^    _Hl[%    [ZTD 

In  front  of  the  seven  goddesses  march  four  gods,  who 
appear  to  be  under  the  guidance  of  "  Isis  of  Amentet," 

n  o  w  ^  and  who  are  described  as  the  "  great  sovereign 


chiefs  who   provide   food   in   this   Circle,"  -^^  ''•'^'''^ 

/V\/VVV\    1       I       I 


86  THE    BOOK    OF   AM-TUAT 


□  i  1  o'-^ 


iL  c>  I   1   I 


®         1       I       i     ^^WA'A    tSiltij!    ^^    I 
j>^  £=i  C^ 

.      The    first    god    is   called    Hee-khu, 

'AAA 

,  and  holds  a  staff  iii  his  hand ;  the  second 
is  An-hetep,  a  =^,  and  holds  the  sceptre  1  in  his 
hand ;  the  third  is  Heru-hequi,  %2  |  | ,  is  hawk- 
headed,  and  holds  the  crook  j  in  his  hand ;  the  fourth 
is  Ut-metu,  j  ft ,  and  holds  a  tree  in  his  left  hand. 

The  text  containing  the  address  of  the  Sun-god  to 
the  seven  gods  is  broken  away,  and  all  that  remains  of 
it  reads,  "  This  great  god  maketh  his  journey  by  means 
"  of  those  who  tow  liim  over  this  Circle  in  [his]  boat 

\   ji     I /wwvA  ci=£=.  ~^  Jr  I   I -ci^crzj 

AAAWA  v\  [1  "JK^  ^ji5,  04^ .     A  portion  of  the  answer  of 

the  seven  gods  to  him  is  also  broken  away,  but  what 
remains  of  it  reads,  "  Is  opened  to  thee  the  earth  to 
"  such  an  extent  that  thou  hast  passed  over  the  Beautiful 
"  Land,  and  the  roads  concerning  which  Ea  hath  spoken 
"  to  thee,  0  Osiris.  Thou  criest  out,  0  Ka,  to  the  Land 
"  of  Seker,  and  Horus  hath  life  upon  his  sands.  Come 
"to  Khepera,  0  Ea !  Come  to  Khepera!  Work  ye 
"  with  the  cord,  0  ye  who  make  Khepera  to  advance, 
"  so  that  it  may  give  the  hand  (i.e.,  help)  to  Ea  whilst 
"  he  passeth  over  the  hidden  ways  of  Ea,  in  the  horizon. 
"[Come]  in  peace,  in  peace,  0  Ea  of   the  Beautiful 


M. 


2SSK^ 


^^. 


I    I   t    ^ o.  II' 


r 


a  o 


.V 


r 


? 


/.■i'a^^of 


r 


ir 


ir 


THE    FIFTH    DIVISION — AMENT 


89 


"  Anient." 


iiiiiiin 


XS  AA^ft/v\  ^^,s^   AAft/>AA    I       i::^     vLj  ) 


2^ 
I   I    I 


f 


U  G 


O 


n^i 


o  ^ 
I   I 


w 


I   I  I 


yj 


AAAA/V\ 
I       I       I 


6^  (o\  ^  ^  I  t^  4 


O  ^  -A  2^^ 


iO 


L)     AAA/VV^ 


In  the  middle  of  the  scene  we  see  that  the  ground 
rises  (see  p.  103)  and  forms  a  kind  of  hollow  mound, 
the  highest  point  of  which  terminates  in  the  head 
of  a  woman,  which  faces  to  the  right ;  immediately 
above  her  head  is  a  scarab  which  is  in  the  act  of 
descending,  but  only  one  half  of  its  body  is  visible. 
Concerning  the  beetle  it  is  said,  "Behold  Khepera 
"  who,  immediately  the  [boat  of  Ea]  is  towed  to  the 
"  top  of  this  Circle,  unites  himself  to  the  roads  of 
"the  Tuat;  when  this  god  standeth  on  the  head  of 
"  the  goddess  he  speaketh  words  to  Seker  every  day," 


weH 


^  III  I  I 


^  o  =^  s=^ 


^ 


I     AA/vVA        I  I  I    A/W^AA     A     U 


0 


A      I  T     .      I  -^^  ^  I   II  ..  v^    ^^=r"  \\  ( 

The  short  lines  of  text  just  above  the  mound  read, 
"  The  majesty  of  this  great  god  journeyeth  on  by 
"  being  towed  along,  and  these  goddesses  receive  him," 


go 


THE    BOOK   OF    AM-TUAT 


III 


^     y^      4    V    i    .wvw.      1 


The 


words  which  are  addressed  to  the  god  by  the  goddesses 
are,  "  Come,  0  Ea,  in  the  peace  of  the  Tuat !  Let  Ea 
"  advance  on  the  road  in  the  boat  which  is  in  the  earth, 
"in  his  own  body,  and  let  his  enemies  be  destroyed. 
"  [Tlie  goddess]  Ament  crieth  (?)  to  thee,  0  Ea,  so  that 
"  thou  mayest  join  her,  and  mayest  go  forwards  in 
"  the  sky  as  the  Great  One  who  is  in  the  horizon, 
"  and  mayest  lie  towed  along  by  those  who  tow 
"  thee,  and,  verily,  mayest  destroy  all  thine  enemies," 


1 


Sfl?lk 


AWVV\ 


^ 


^ 


\^n^^ 


o 


I     s  -^ 


fl^t 


© 


2l)  I  J] 


"^l 


^  a 


ji 


I   1   I 


To 


this  address  Ea,  replies,  saying, "  0  ye  who  have  received 
"  your  weapons,  0  ye  who  have  grasped  your  sceptres, 
"  0  ye  who  shake  your  spears,  0  ye  who  stand  by  your 
"  tchefau  food,  who  sit  down  to  your  offerings,  who  are 
"  the  warders  of  food  and  bread  and  are  the  lords  of 
"  the  provisions  in  Ament,  Isis  giveth  herself  unto  you, 
"  and  Anient  joineth  herself  unto  you,  so  that  I  may 


/vwwA 


jr^ 


B      Q 


'   '  '   To 


I'. A' 


Q    I         AwS/^     — <^-     '  g   r,'      ft" 

Ms!;  ^^  ^^  rr}  tjJ 


The  Kingdom  of  Seker. 


THE    FIFTH    DIVISION — AMENT  93 

"  stand  up  by  you  for  your  protection  when  I  pass 'by  you 
"in  peace,"  >f     (]     1'     °  ^  ^  v£.  ^  I  ^  I 

'^'^'^'^'^     ^     /  Kv\         I        I        I      '^'^^'^^^  n»      £i  I      A/WV\A  ly  I        I        I      AAAAAA 

I     I     I     U    I       rr\^   /wv>AA    1     I     I  *"  I  o    I    I     I     I    aa/naaa    aaaaaa    I     I     I 

I  S=J  H.^ fl  III-?         II  S=J    N^    S==> 

I  A/^^A/^^  fl  9  o  t  ^SlV^     I   ^^^/^^aa     ^■^     aaaa/va 

I  I   I   I  A   AAAAAA  AAAAAA  jS^   I  I   I   1  ^ I   I   I 


AAAAAA  o     t  AAAAAA  g     s 
'   Q   ■  AAAAAA  AAAAAA 


I   II  I    I   I    '^i     III  <:^    ^111 


0' 


r^^^^^ 


J] 


AAAAAA 


AAAAAA       [f     '^     ^li       n  AAAAAA     'y^ 

I         I        I       I'  -^Jr         I        I        I        I      I      Ji      ill  I 


'^'VVvV\       'S\  ^       V\    \\      AAAAAA Q  /\     //f  AAAAAA       ^\  . 

I  I  I  -B^  "^  Jr  I  I  I  D  ^  ^^  ^  t  1  I  I  -M^  ^  D 
The  "Land  of  Sekri,"  """^^  ^=^  W  jj ,  which  is  men- 
tioned by  the  seven  gods  who  are  towing  the  boat  of 
Ea,  lies  immediately  below  the  mound  of  earth,  and 
forms,  as  it  were,  an  oval  island  in  the  river  of  the 
Tuat ;  its  shape  is,  as  M.  Maspero  has  said,  an  elongated 
ellipse,  (  ),  and  it  is  formed  wholly  of  sand.  The 
"  Land  of  Sekri "  is  described  in  the  legend  which  is 
written  at  each  end  of  the  oval  as  "  The  horizon  (?)  of 
"  the   hidden   country   of   Sekri,   which   guardeth   the 


hidden    body    (or,    flesh),"    ^  ?  (j  ^  ^  <^  j^, 


?5^  mm  __  ^  Q.(i^c^^i 


This  mysterious  oval  is  supposed  to  rest  upon  the 
bodies  of  two  man-headed  lion  sphinxes  set  tail  to  tail ; 
of  these,  however,  only  the  heads  and  fore  quarters 


94  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

appear,  one  at  each  end  of  the  oval.     Each  sphinx  is 
called  Af,  n  ,  and  he  is  said  "  to  have  his  existence 

"  from  the  voice  of  the  great  god,"  and  "  his  work  is  to 
"  keep  ward   over   his   image,"   <^^^  ^^^^  I  ^    | 


^        D 

Within  the  oval  already  described  is  stretched  out 
at  almost  full  length  on  the  ground  a  monster  serpent 
(see  pp.  99,  103),  which  has  two  snakes'  heads  at  one 
end  of  his  body,  and  a  bearded  himian  head  at  the 
other  (see  p.  99) ;  the  text  above  his  snakes'  heads  is 
mutilated,  and  all  that  can  be  made  out  satisfactorily 
are  the  words  neter  aa,  "  great  god."  From  the  middle 
of  his  body  springs  a  pair  of  wings,  and  between  them, 
immediately  under  the'  female  head  at  the  top  of 
the  mound,  stands  the  god  Sekri,  in  the  form  of  a 
hawk -headed  man.     Of  him  it  is  said,  "  His  work  is  to 


"  protect  his  own  form,"  <=>  6v.  ^^^r^^^    ^    ; 

and  of  the  serpent,  "  he  liveth  upon  the  magical  pro- 
"tection  which   issue th  from  his  mouth   every  day," 


f 


The  text  which  refers  to  the  oval  reads : — 

I 
I 
I 


The  Kingdom  of  Sekor. 


THE    FIFTH    DIVISION — AMENT 


97 


O 


J 


I   I   I 


^    III 


w 


1=21 


1 


^  rvn 


^ 


D    D 


1 


JL       AA/VW\ 

LI    I    II   I 


ra    ra 


"  The  Image  which  is  in  this  picture  is  in  thick 
"  darkness.  The  dawn  in  the  horizon  which  belongs  to 
"  this  god  [cometh]  from  the  eyes  of  the  heads  of  the 
"  great  god,  whose  flesh  sendeth  forth  light,  and  whose 
"  legs  are  bent  round,  the  great  god  who  keepeth  ward 
"  over  the  flesh  of  Sekki,  who  is  on  his  sand,  his  own 
"image.  The  voice  of  this  horizon  is  heard  in  this 
"  hour  after  this  great  god  hath  passed  them  bj,  like 
"unto  the  sound  of  the  roarings  which  are  in  the 
"heights  of  heaven  when  they  are  disturbed  by  a 
"  storm." 

On  the  left  of  the  horizon  (see  p.  95)  of  Sekri  is  the 

serpent  Tepazst,  (J  Hill ,  "  who  liveth  by  the  voice 

"  of  the  primeval  gods  of  the  earth.  He  cometh  forth 
"  and  he  goeth  in,  and  he  presenteth  the  oflerings  made 
"  to  this  great  god  every  day  unseeing  [and  unseen]," 

J\    <:i>  U  I    i  _Z1  wv^    I  A/^\Aw 0    CE^  U    I  o    o 

H 


On 


g8  THE    BOOK    OF    AM-TUAT 

the  right  (see  p.  107)  of   the  horizon  is  the  serpent 

AxKHAA-PAU,  ■¥"  n  N^  A^  Q. ,  "  who  liveth  upon  the 

"  flames  which  issue  from  his  mouth.     His  work  is  to 
"  protect  the  horizon,  and  he  never  entereth  into  any 

"house  of  the  Tuat,"  ^^  ^^  fl  I  f  "^^  "^^^ 

■f        ci    0  c  ,_fu-  ^'^^'^  n   I  ^  :*: 

J2i     ^       n  (        )  "^  vi  *~ — --*  /vw\AA  L_  _J 

Immediately  iu  front  of  this  serpent  are  four  seated 
gods  (see  p.  Ill),  of  whom  the  heads  of  two  are  turned 
behind  them ;  they  are  described  as  the  "  gods  who 
"  hold  the  secret  forms  of  Sekki,  who  is  on  his  sand," 


1 


m   ^^-—  ^J^''\      The    first 
holds  on  his  knees  the  White  Crown,  /I,  the  second 

the  Eed  Crown,  >/ ,  the  third  the  head  of  the  ram  of 

Heru-shefshefit,  and  the  fourth  the  plumes  of  Shu, 
or  some  other  god  of  light  and  dr}Tiess.  The  legend 
above  them  reads,  "  Their  forms  are  in  the  place  among 
"  them  iu  their  own   bodies.     They  follow  after  this 

"  great  god  unseeing  and  unseen,"  ^^r-^,     " 


AV\^v\  \\     I    .^i^SU    I     /v^^^\^^ 


^  r  1  I  I  MVW.I  I  ^^^CC::^  i  I  I  I  jfiT^'^ 


a      r-.      <«=>  ^_n_^  .,:;2^  _jL^        .pv      I 
I   /.^/wsA  I     ^    I  «==*^  -C2>-  <2>-  .Jl     I 

Behind  the  serpent  Tepax  (see  pp.  87,  91)  are  four 
human  bearded  heads,  each  with  a  mass  of  fire  upon 


The  Kingdom  of  Seker. 


THE    FIFTH    DIVISION — AMENT 


lOI 


the  top  of  it,  which  project  from  the  long,  narrow  lake 

AAAAAA    AAAAA/\ 

called  Netu,  ^  ^  'vwvva  •  these  are  called  the  "  Blazing 


heads,"    ^ 


I .      Alono;    the    lake    are 


written,  in  two  methods  of  writing,  "  The  gods  who  are 
"in  the  Ammahet  weep  when  the  hoat  hath  passed 

"them    by   on   its   way   to    the Tnat 

"and   the  waters  which  are  here   are   like   unto  fire 


"  to   those   who   are    in   them," 


A/VVV\^     A^A/^A^ 


/I  J\    I 


Sii 


\ 


^  ill 


A'WVW 


AW^^^    I    A^'VA^   I      I      I    I      I      I 


In  the  upper  register  are : — 

1.  The  goddess  Amentit,  standing  with  her  arms 
stretched  out  in  front  of  her  at  right  angles  to  her 
body,  and  wearing  the  feather  of  Maat  on  her  head 
(see  p.  87). 

2.  A  group  of  nine  large  axes  (four  are  broken  away), 
the  foremost  surmounted  by  the  Crown  of  the  North, 
and  the  hindmost  by  the  Crown  of  the  South  (see  pp. 
87,  91).  The  mutilated  speech  of  the  god  written  above 
them  reads,  "  Give  me  thy  hand  (i.e.,  help  me)  Amentet ! 
"  Good  is  this  water  which  leadeth  to  the  tomb  [where] 
"  rest  the  gods.  Hail,  exist  ye,  0  nine  gods  who  have 
"come  into  being  from  my  flesh,  and  have  not  come 


102  THE    BOOK    OF   AM-TUAT 


"  into  being  from  your  own  forms,  and  who  are  firm  in 
"  respect  of  your  food,  I  avenge  you,  do  ye  avenge  me." 

AA/W\A     ^"=^      ^^      ^       MV      A/^W^^         ^  [ 

111  |l^lll  ][l 


°  i      .mill"".    AAAAA^ 

I       I       I     ^i=f^      ^ 


O^ 


II. 


3.  The  god  who  is  tlie  "  guardian  of  those  who  are 

qA/WVV^     A   r\     -fV  AVNAAA 

^     ,    ^_^;:r:^(^(^  ^^(seepp.  91,  95). 

4.  The  god  Satiu(0,  "^  ^p  i  (see  p.  95). 

5.  The  god  Ankh-ab,  -V-  tQj ,  liawk-headed  (see  p.  95). 

6.  The  god  Bath-resth  (?)  crocodile-headed,  ^^,  ^=> 

^  s=  (see  p.  95). 

7.  The  god  Axp-heni,  (1''''^    1^    (1  (1 ,  jackal-headed 

1  U  AAA/V\A        I   1 

(see  p.  99).  Of  these  five  gods  it  is  said,  "  They  act  as 
"  guardians  of  N"et,  and  of  those  who  are  submerged  in 
"  the  Tuat,  and  they  [protect]  and  make  to  pass  on  the 

— " —    a  <C::>  /wwv^  aaaaaa  pi  r,    fv      l    ^  <:3  .<s>- 

'  ^>i:f^  I  1  I  J^  <=>    ^    °^  11  Ji  I  cr^    ^ 

'■^'•'^^44  >^=^^44  -  To  these  the  8un-god  makes  an 
I   I  li^  ^  ii  ^^  ^ 

address,  which  reads   T^     I]      |  a  - — fl  § 


The  Kingtlom  of  Seker,' 


THE    FIFTH    DIVISION— AMENT  IO5 

AA/WVA    I       I       I  o  i     I  "    AA/>/\AA 

I        I       1     AAAAAA     I       I       I       J3^  rr^     S  ^    \>      III    1       I       i    AAftA/V\     I  "^         AA^WAA 


^'^^  1  [33)  AAA^  /wwv^   tv,   <=>;^  T 

rWWW      I      AAWV\     A^^VAAA     I       I       I  jT  U  1       I       I     JJ 


^       ill 

/WW^^  /NAAAAA 

\>         I   III   I      I      I    2^.==^   _e^      La      I      M        ^       A     '-^     I    /-r-^  [iil   wv,wv 


^- — X  H —    n   Q  p        I     A/'yWVV      I 


§. 


A^wvAA  _ Q— ,,  "This  great  god  saith,  0  ye  who  stand  by 

"  your  waters,  who  keep  ward  over  your  lands,  who  go 
"  round  about  in  the  pool  of  those  who  are  submerged 
"  in  N"u,  pilot  ye  these  to  the  lands  of  the  sea  of  the 
"  Tuat,  unto  your  waters  which  never  dry  up,  and  rise 
"ye  up  in  your  lands  and  let  me  travel  over  you  in 
"peace.     This  great  god  saith,  0  ye,  lift  ye  up  your 

"  weapons  to  your image,  and  protect  ye  the 

"foreheads  of  your  madt,  and  perform  ye  your  work, 
"  in  order  that  I  may  be  able  to  pass  by  you  in  peace," 


A/^v^^A 

1       I       I    AA/VVV\ 


=w,     n    "=11    0  "^"^^  ^=*  ^  ^==*  i  "Dk 

1     1)  U Q    AAA/VV\       U       AA/W^    I       VX 

1    I     AAJ/V^      I    /WWVA   ^^^    II       I    ji     II      I    0    Jl 

^^•^  ^  _^_^  Jr  Tz:^  I  D  III  --^ 


AAAAAA     U    V?j  Q 

III'    <£_i    AAAAAA 


"^ 


w --.^f--^    -*^ii_-^     " J-. 

I  I  I  !w0wl  rri  I  I  ID  ^^-"^  I  I  I  i^D 

8.  Immediately  in  front  of  the  god  Anp-iieni  is  an 
object  which  looks  like  a  chamber  with  a  rounded  roof ; 
but  whatever  it  may  be,  it  is  filled  with  sand,  and  from 
the  fact  that  the  sign  of  "  night "  or  "  darkness,"  ''"j^ , 
appears  at  the  top,  we  may  conclude  that  it  represents 


io6 


THE    BOOK    OF    AM-TUAT 


some  form  of  the  dark  underworld  of  Seker.  To  each 
side  of  it  a  hawk  clings  by  his  claws,  and  from  the 
lower  part  of  it  emerges  the  scarab,  which  has  already 
been  mentioned  (see  p.  103). 

9.  A  huge  serpent,  the  two  heads  facing  the  object 
described  under  No.  8.  Of  him  it  is  said,  "  He  liveth 
"  by  Ea  every  day,  he  travelleth  over  every  place  of 
"  macit  in  the  Tuat,  and  it  is  he  who  setteth  himself  in 

f^       C7\     G)     — " — 

< ^  cLI    V — y       ^^        '^  A^(V^AA 


in  w 

AA/V/V\ 


To  this  serpent 


Ea  saith,  "Hail,  thou  serpent  Ter,  whom  I  myself 
"  have  fashioned,  open  thou  to  me  thy  folds,  open  thou 
"  thy  folds  wherewith  thou  hast  doubly  sealed  the 
"  earth  to  protect  me,  and  march  thou  against  those 
"  who  are  in  my  following,  in  order  that  I  may  pass  by 

"  thee   in   peace,"     Tl     (]      |  a  [1 


88 


5   ^ 


^ 


^   D 


10.  The   god    Baferkheftiu, 
headed  (see  p.  111). 


O 


ram- 


11.  The  god  lu-HER-APTESU,  ^  (j      n  I  e,  who  holds 


a  lasso  in  each  hand  (see  p.  111). 


Tlie  Kingdom  of  Seker. 


THE    FIFTH    DIVISION — AMENT  lOQ 

12.  The  god  An- at,    I\[|'=^j  wearing  a   feather  of 
Maat  (see  p.  111). 

13.  The  god  Abui,  \,\j  (](],  with  his  head  tvirued 

behind  him  ;  he  is  provided  with  a  shade,  T (see  p.  111). 

14.  The  god  Amu,  bull-headed  (see  p.  107). 

15.  The  god  Set,  bull-headed  (see  p.  107). 

AAAAAA     a       I 

16.  The  god   Sent-nef-Amentiu,  ^3"  ft  i   (see 
p.  107). 

17.  The  god   Hetep-neteru,  .-a^    |  i  (see  p.  107). 

Of  these  eight  gods  it  is  said,  "  They  stand  by  at  the 
"  annihilation  of  the  dead  in  the  Tuat,  and  their  work 
"  is  to  burn  up  with  fire  the  bodies  of  the  dead  by  the 
"  llanies  from  their  mouths  in  the  course  of  every  day," 


I  j\    I    ^    inc.©   ^    Ml 
^a^iiiirara'4'i     i    iii  <=:^  in  i  L      J 

18.  A  goddess,  standing  upright,  with  her  hands 
stretched  out  to  the  top  of  the  head  of  a  man  who 
is  kneeling  before  her,  and  is  cutting  open  his  head 

with  a  hatchet ;  the  goddess  is  called  j  E  -J|  -c^  /w\aaa     ^ 

and  "lives   upon   the   blood   of   the   dead,   and   upon 

1     _„_         tk  f  AAAAAA 

~)        i         /VSAAAA     AAAA^^ 


no 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


The  text  of  the  speech  which  the  god  makes  to  the 
eight  gods  reads  : — 


M     \      AAAAAA      A     AA.W\A       I 


^^^     I        I 


/n 


-(0-  <^  S'c=: 
Jl  WW    \    \    ^ 


I  I  I     AA.'VAAA     V 


II    I    I  D  ^ 


I      I        I        I 


""'^^    AAAAAA        _/A  1        I        I      U 


I  Livl^ 


ll  >=ii 


A^AA^A    ci    Q 
I      I      I    I     I     I 


"^^ 


T 


Q  AWAAA   V^ ^   "''^^^^   O     C3    g  >  A/WW\ 


^mT^^^l^liT^yX 


AAAA(^^        ili 

^^^     I       I        I     AAAAAA 


'S^ 


1       AAAAA\ 


rm  I 


I  I  I  I    -d^U 


M    U    I    I    I  I    I    I  D    ^ 


^-A 


I       AAAAAA                I  I 

I       I        I        I fl 


^  D 


fl^STkf] 


X     <^ 


"  The  Majesty  of  this  great  god  saith  unto  them, 
"  Hail,  ye  who  stand  at  the  blocks  of  torture,  and  who 
"  keep  ward  at  the  destruction  of  the  dead,  ye  whose 
"  voices  have  come  into  being  for  you,  who  have 
"  received  your  words  of  power,  who  are  endowed  with 
"  your  souls,  w  ho  sing  hymns  to  the  accompaniment  of 
"  your  sistra,  who  take  vengeance  on  the  enemies,  w^ho 
"  annihilate  the  dead,  who  hack  in  pieces  shades  [of 
"  men  and  women],  wlio  destroy  and  cut  in  pieces  the 


The  KiBgdom  ofjSeker, 


The  Kingdom  of  Seker. 


THE    FIFTH    DIVISION — AMENT  II5 

"  dead,  who  avenge  Osiris  and  hearken  unto  words  near 
"  Unnef er,  provide  ye  yourselves  with  your  slaughtering 
"  knives,  fetter  and  bind  with  your  hands  [this]  figure 
"  which  is  with  you,  so  that  I  may  journey  past  you  in 
"peace.  Whosoever  knoweth  this  shall  pass  by  the 
"  goddess  in  peace." 

The  entrance  into  the  Sixth  Division  of  the  Tuat  is 
made  through  a  door  in  the  lower  register,  which  is 
guarded    by   a    serpent   "  who    openeth    it    himself," 

T  '^^r—  — H— ;    here,   too,   appears   the   large   five-rayed 

star  which  is  the  symbol  of  the  planet  Venus,  and  is 
described  as  the  "living  god  which  journeyeth,  and 

"  journeyeth,  and  travelleth,"    |  T"  u  r-jp  ryp  . 


(     ii6     ) 


CHAPTEE  YI. 

THE   SIXTH  DIVISION  OF  THE   TUAT,  WHICH 
IS  CALLED  METCHET-MU-NEBT-TUAT. 

In  the  scene  which  illustrates  the  Sixth  Division  of 
the  Tiiat,  which  is  passed  through  by  the  Sun -god 
during  the  Sixth  Houk  of  the  night,  we  see,  in  the 
middle  register,  the  dead  Sun-god  Afu-Ea,  9,^9,  ®) 


The  Boat  of  Af,  the  dead  Sun-g-od,  in  the  Sixth  Hour. 

once  again  standmg  in  his  boat,  under  the  canopy, 
accompanied  by  his  usual  company  of  gods.  He  is  no 
longer  in  the  serpent  boat  wherein  he  passed  through 
the  domain  of  Sekri,  and  he  is  no  longer  being  towed 
along.     In  front  of  the  boat  are : — 

1.  The  god  Thoth,  in  the  form  of  a  man  with  the 
liead  of  a  cynocephalus  ape,  seated  on  a  throne,  and 


SIXTH    DIVISION— METCHET-MU-NEBT-TUAT     II7 

bearing    the    name   Tehuti-khenti-neb-Tuat,  ^^^ 

fi 


^  \\ 


i< 


2.  A   female   figure,  with  her  hands  turned  behind 
her,  holding  in  each    the  pupil  of  an  eye  of  Horus  or 


^ 


f\    I II 1 11  til  I 

Ea;  she  is  called  Ament-semu-set,  [1  ~vwvs } 

The    text    above    the    boat    reads :     1 1  ':=^>    |  /wwvs  j 


[V] 


^ 


AAAA/>A 
AA/W^^ 


tw^.^ 


The  ffoddess  Ament-semu-set. 


Thoth  of  the  Tuat, 


ra 


"  This  great  god  travelleth 


"  through  this  city,  being  provided  with  [his]  boat,  on 
"  the  water ;  he  worketh  the  paddle  in  this  country 
"  towards  the  place  of  the  body  of  Osiris."  ..."  The 
"  Majesty  of  this  great  god  [speaketh  to]  the  gods  who 
"  are  in  this  country  when  he  arriveth  at  these  houses 
"  which  are  hidden,  and  which  contain  the  image  of 
"  Osiris.     This  god  crieth  [to  the  hidden  forms  which 


Il8  THE    BOOK    OF    AM-TUAT 

"are  in  them,  and  they  hearken  to  the  voice  of  this 
"god,   and    then   he   passeth   them   hj,"       Tl)     (j 


m^\ri^m- 


The  Four  Kincrs  of  the  South. 

In  the  abode  of  Osiris  are  sixteen  gods  in  mummied 
forms.  The  first  four  are  liearded,  and  wear  the  mendt 
and  the  Wliite  Crown,  and  each  is  described  by  the  title 

,  i.e.,  "  King  of  the  South."     The  second  four 


suten,  1 


are  bearded,  and  are  described  as  Heteptiu,  "^  i ; 

the  third  four  are  bearded,  and  wear  the  mendt  and 
the  Eed  Crown,  and  each  is  described  by  the  title  hdt, 

\^ ;  and  the  fourth  four  are  bearded,  and  are  called 


SIXTH    DIVISION — METCHET-MU-NEBT-TUAT       IIQ 


The  Four  Kings  of  the  North. 


The  Four  "  SpiriLs." 


120 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


Khu, '^^'^^'^^,  i.e.,  "Spirits."  Immediately  in  front 

of  these  gods  is  an  enormous  serpent  with  five  heads, 

which  is  called  Asii-iieau,  ""^^  "^  i ,  i.e.,  the  "  Many- 

faced."  The  body  of  this  serpent  is  bent  round  to  form  an 
oval,  and  within  it  lies  on  his  Ijack  the  god  Afu,  QQQ  , 
who  is  holding  upon  his  head  a  beetle,  which  is  the  symbol 
of  the  god  Khepera.    The  text  written  above  reads: — 


The  Serpent  Ash-hrau. 

I      D  < 


111 


AA/\^AA      I 
AAAA/^      a  >     I        - 

I        I        I      f\f.A/V^\ 


Jl^ 


I        I         I      AA/WVv 
U  AAAA^N      I        I        I 


^-^  AAAAAA  . 

I   I   I  A^JV^A  - 

I  g      S  AAA^*A  I 
AA/\^A^  n      '*  t 


I  ^^   I  AAAAAA 
AAAAAA     /^^AAA^  |   |   j;^ 

I  II  Li  I  1  M^i. 


^AAAAA^ 


III 


A^Wv^A 

II  I    I        I        I     AAAAAA 


I        I        I    A^^WNA    I    O       D    I        I        I 


? 


] 

I  r^ 


AAAA/V^  AAAA/\A  A/V^AA^ 

w/^  111^     IMI^Dlll 


SIXTH    DIVISION — METCHET-MU-NEBT-TUAT      121 

0  I   ^=i=^  lilt 

,.  ] 

^|       AAAAAA    A/SAA^^    ^ , 
111  I    I    I     ^     I    I    1  I      I 


2=3  r-^rn 


III    I        I       I 

^      ^— J    AAAAA^■ 

I        1        I     AAA^AA-"      d       U 


§■ 


II^^DD«^^ 


U   I 


/V^AAA^ 

I    I    I  o   D 


I  I     s 


A/V\AAA     I        I        I 


P- 


I     D 

I      AA/W\A 


j(\ 


J  AWA^        g       I  — H— 

I        I       I    <;; 1^        AftAA/V\ 

-  <=>  d      V   11      I      I 


^^ 


ms: 


i 


0 


D     ^^ 


■D   ^ 


^  <- ->         -iJ  U      I      AAAA/V\      U       \       _Cr>^      ^^^VW\        I 


"  Saith  the  Majesty  of  this  great  god  to  the  kings  of 
"  the  South,  to  the  Heteptiu,  to  the  kings  of  the  North, 
"  and  to  tiie  Spirits  who  are  in  this  City : — May  your 
"  royal  state  and  condition  be  with  you,  may  ye  receive 


122  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

"  your  White  Crowns,  and  ye  Heteptiu  [may  ye  receive] 
"your  offerings,  and  ye  kings  of  the  North  may  ye 
"receive  your  Red  Crowns,  and  ye  Spirits  may  ye 
"  receive  your  appointed  rites ;  may  your  offerings  be 
"  unto  you,  and  may  ye  be  in  peace.  May  ye  have 
"power  over  your  souls,  may  ye  be  adored (?),  may  ye 
"  have  sovereignty  over  your  city,  may  ye  have  peace 
"  in  your  fields,  may  ye  join  yourselves  to  (i.e.,  attain 
"to)  your  secret  things  with  your  crowns (?),  may  your 
"  appointed  rites  be  paid  to  you,  may  your  sacrifices  of 
"propitiation  be  made  to  you,  and  give  to  the  gods 
"  their  mouth.  Avenge  ye  me  in  [this]  land,  and  hack 
"  in  pieces  the  serpent  Apep,  0  ye  kings  of  the  South, 
"ye  Heteptiu,  ye  kings  of  the  North,  and  ye  Spirits, 
"  who  dwell  in  [this]  land." 

"  Those  who  are  in  this  picture  stand  up  in  their 
"  places,  and  they  hear  the  voice  of  the  great  god,  the 
"  lord  of  the  dead  body,  tliat  is  to  say,  Khepeea  in  his 
"  own  flesh in  the  act  of  guarding." 

Of  the  Serpent  of  Many  Faces  it  is  said,  "  Of  him 
"  who  is  in  this  picture,  with  his  tail  in  his  mouth,  his 
"  work  is  to  rise  up  with  this  image,  to  journey  to  the 
"  West  in  his  form,  and  to  travel  to  every  place  of  the 
"  Tuat.  Through  the  voice  of  Ra  it  is  that  the  figures 
"  who  are  in  him  advance." 

The  text  which  runs  in  the  liorder  aljove  the  upper 
retjister  reads : — 


A'W^/V^   a    ^-2^     ^^  \      Y^    AAAAAA     ^  | — .  <.-=z3=>    AAAAAA 

-       -/I    AA/WW 
A   I      "^     I    A/SAAAA 


SIXTH    DIVISION — METCHET-MU-NEBT-TUAT     I23 


^ 


" 


.^ 


I     AAAAAA       ^-'S^^>     /V      I  '^x- 

II    I    1  D  ^  O  li^ 


I    n   rm  , 


AjWV\A     r\   A/W^A^, 


I    ^ 


5^1 

AA(WV\    I       '^    '  I     I 


III!  null 


1   ^    '=^ 


^ 


>lc 


i:i^i^xi^-^^?j 


"  [This  is]  the  hidden  path  of  Amentet,  on  the  water 
of  which  is  transported  this  great  god  in  his  boat  to 
arrange  the  lots  (or,  plans)  of  those  who  are  in  the 
Tuat.  If  their  names  be  uttered,  if  their  bodies  be 
known,  if  their  true  forms  and  the  knowledge  of  their 
liours  be  known,  and  the  qualities  of  this  secret  figure 
of  the  Tuat  (which  are  unknowable),  hj  any  man 
whatsoever :  or  if  an  exact  representation  in  drawing 
])e  made  of  what  is  in  the  Hidden  Place  (Anient)  of 
the  Tuat,  which  is  to  the  south  of  the  At  of  Amentet : 
whosoever  knoweth  this  thing  sliall  be  one  who  is 
fully  provided  with  food  in  the  Tuat,  and  he  shall 
partake  in  the  offerings  which  are  made  to  the  gods 
who  are  in  the  following  of  Osiris,  and  he  shall  have 
(i.e.,  receive)  the  offerings  which  all  his  kinsfolk  arc 
in  duty  bound  to  make  to  him  upon  earth." 


124 


THE    BOOK    OF    AM-TUAT 


In  the  upper  register  are : — 

A  company  of  nine  gods  and  goddesses,  all  of  whom 
are  represented  as  seated,  but  their  seats  of  state  or 
thrones  are  invisible  ;  they  may  be  thus  enumerated : — 

1.  The  god  Hetep-kiiexti-Tuat,     «     JTL  x 


fllh  o  \\  o  w 

in  the  form  of  a  mummy ;  his  hands  project  from  his 
bandages,  and  on  his  head  he  has  symbols  of  meat  and 
drink. 


fe.ii%>i!=;sLg:a:ii^mA.i. 


\_^„^^/\--:ir\']sU} 


Asar-am  -ab-neteru , 


A8th-meliit. 


Iletep-khenti-Tuat. 


C) 


2.  The    goddess    Asth-mehit,    or    Ast-amhit,     n 

the  North  on  her  head.     The  name  means  "  Isis  in 
the  Xorth." 

3.  The   god   Asar-am-ab-neteru,     ^    ^  "  ~        I  ' ' 
i.e.,  "  Osiris  in  the  heart  of  the  gods." 


SIXTH    DIVISION — METCHET-MU-NEBT-TUAT      I25 

4.  The  god  Heru-khenti-ahet-f,  ^^  /Tk  U  o  '^^ 

^^^=^ ,  i.e.,  "  Horus   at   the   head  of  his  field,"  hawk- 
headed,  with  his  hands  projecting  from  his  bandages. 

5.  The  god  Benti-ar-ahet-f,  J  [1  <czr>  u  «     ^  , 

]i     1^  ,  ape-headed,  with  his  hands  pro- 

jecting from  his  bandages. 

6.  The  god  Maa-ab-khenti-ahet-f,   ^J?  O  f[[}| 


%^\^^:t:  n^^"^a>.v^"  — 


Henbethem.        Maa-ab-khenti-ahet-f.       Benti-ar-ahet-f.        Heru-khenti-ahet-f. 

[1  X  ,  wearing  the  White  Crown  and  mendt,  and 

with  his  hands  projecting  from  his  bandages. 

7 — 9.  Three  goddesses,  the  first  two  of  whom"  are 


called    Henbethem  (?), 


J 


and    TiiEiiBiTir, 


Tiie    text    whicli    refers    to    this 


company  of  the  gods  reads :    Tf     ^     y  | 


m 


^ 


V    /WWNA 


11^^  im^ 


126 


THE    BOOK    OF   AM-TUAT 


I        I        I      AAAA/W      I         I        I      AAf^^A^ 


I   I    1  /wvw  ^  D  1    1   I  ^  D  I   I   I 


I  I  I 


0 


^lii^^ 


I    A/VW\A 

1 1  I  I 


*-     I   I      ,^A/V^A^     I      I 

1     .^ 0   I     1     iJ  I 

/v\       I 


A^AAAA 


AAAAAA 
I       I        i 


A/SA/\AA 


I  AA/Vv^^ 


Dl 


I      I     I 


0    (S 


e 


D     ^ 


^ 


D 


-^ 


D  I   I   I    1 


I        I        I 


z^   III  ^ 


1 


D 


1 ,  "  Saith  the  Majesty  of  this  great  god 

"  to  the  gods  who  are  over  this  Field : — 0  ye  gods  who 
"  dwell  in  the  Tuat,  ye  Heteptin  who  keep  ward  over 
"  ybur  masters,  ye  unto  whom  offerings  are  made  from 
"  the  offerings  of  your  fields  of  offerings,  whereon  ye 
"  take  your  rest  each  day,  unite  ye  yourselves  to  the 
"  provisions  which  are  mine.  Ye  are  the  lords  of 
"  [your]  hands,  ye  have  right  [to  direct]  [your]  feet,  ye 
"are  exalted  in  your  forms,  ye  are  great  in  your 
"  transformations,  ye  have  power  over  what  ye  produce, 
"ye  have  power  over  what  ye  have  possession  of,  ye 
"  have  possession  of  that  over  which  ye  have  power,  ye 


SIXTH    DIVISION  — METCHET-MU-NEBT-TUAT     I27 

have  power  over  that  over  which  ye  have  possession,  ye 
have  possession  of  that  over  which  ye  have  dominion, 
protect  ye  Osiris  from  those  who  would  act  with 
violence  and  wrong  against  him.  The  work  of  these 
gods  in  the  Tuat  is  to  give  offerings  to  the  gods  of 
the  Tuat,  who  are  masters  of  their  offerings  and  of 
the  food  which  proceedeth  forth  from  the  mouth  of 
this  great  god." 
10.  Three  sceptres  of  the  form  f,  each  surmounted 


,ag<.i 


\l  V  \l 


^'^>  '<?'  ■'  a'^ JM fr^'^ >^T 
"^-==0  S^  11=.  ■"  " 


Three  Sceptres  ot  the  White  Crown. 


TLelibith. 


by  the  White  Ckown  ;  from  the  base  of  each  projects 
a  knife. 

11.  Three  sceptres  of  similar  form,  each  surmounted 
by  the  Eed  Ceown  ;  from  the  base  of  each  projects  a 
knife. 

12.  Three  sceptres,  of  similar  form,  each  surmounted 
by  a  uraeus ;  from  the  base  of  each  projects  a  knife. 

The  text  which  refers  to  these  reads 


f\/VW^    A    AA/V\<V\ 


I    /WVWA    /v^AA'^A  'A    I  I  li  I    AA^A/V>    J — 1     I     Zjm^     I       1       LI      —il       I    I 1      I    ^=**^ 


128 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


iv(^  iiiiV 


AAA/WA     I     AAA/^A 


I  A^AAAA    o  '•     I  '^ 

I     III    I       I       I    /VWVAA     I  ^ 


111  /4  A/V\A^ 


/V\/VJ\/\      I       111 


r-AAr\/v< 


^ii     i^    111      J5^    I  I    I    I  LTZD    1     II  11    11  ^    III  11    I 


fAAAA/V\      p^  I"] 


1     '^  Q      AAAAAA^ 

I  nil      3S  A  JJ^^^^ 
-«—  Q  — ••— 


i\ 


e 


O         u 


Saith 


the  Majesty  of  this  great  god  to  the  Majesties  of  the 


Three  Sceptres  of  the  iiraei.  Three^Sceptres  of  the  Red  Crown. 


kings  of  the  South  and  North  who  d^Yell  in  the  Tuat : — 
■  Eeap  ye,  0  ye  who  wear  the  White  Crowns,  and  ye 
who  wear  the  Eed  Crowns  like  Souls  [who  are  in] 
their  lands.  Ye  who  belong  to  the  Tuat  produce 
your  own  oiierings  tlierein.  Make  ye  to  he  Maat 
your  sceptres  (?),  let  your  souls  live,  and  let  your 
throats  have  food  to  swallow,  and  ye  shall  come  into 

being  upon  the  land Their  souls  shall  rise 

up  in  the  Tuat  on  their  sceptres  ( i),  they  are  provided 


SIXTH    DIVISION — METCHET-MU-NEBT-TUAT     I29 


with  knives,  and  no  violence  shall  be  clone  to  them 
goddess " 

13.  ThelionKA-iiEMHEMET,  LJ   ^     ^   o^couchant, 

and  facing  the  two  companies  of  the  gods  described 
above.  Above  his  back  are  the  two  Utchats,  between 
which  is  the  sign  JV^- 

14.  A   form  of   the  goddess  Isis,  g — •>  ^ 
in  a  sitting  position,  but  without  a  throne. 


'^^ 


Thath-    Hetchefu. 
ueteru. 


Isis-Thaath. 


Ka-hemhemet. 


15.  The  god  Hetchefu,  |  '^f  V* 

IG.  The    god    Thath-neteru,    s=3  Ibv   g=5    |     , 

^  _^  I  III' 

in  mummied  form,  holding  a  sceptre  in  one  hand  and  a 
knife  in  the  other. 

17.  A  chamber,  with  an  opening  under  the  roof, 
through  which  a  snake,  which  stands  on  its  tail  outside 
it,  belches  fire ;  under  a  vaulted  covering  is  an  "  image," 
''^^ ,  of  Ea,  in  the  form  of  the  hind-quarters  of  a  lion, 

.  ^.    The  chamber  is  called  Het-tuau-Ea,  O 

K 


130 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


18.  A  similar  chamber,  with  an  "image"  of  Ea  in 
the  form  of   a  hawk's  wing,  ^^ ;    the   name  of   the 

chamber  is  Het-stau-kher-Aha,  O  [J  /I\  Q^  • 

19.  A  similar  chamber,  with  an  "image"  of  Ea  in 
the  form  of  a  human  head :  the  name  of  the  chamber 


is   Het-temtet-Ea 


■Q 


ra    ra 


1  I  1  ^  II 


£?£ 


O    I 


®.     The  texts  read 


L-J   ra 


Het-temtet-Ra.  Het-stau-kheralm. 


Hettiiau-Ra. 


JD_^^<^ 


^    O     I    I     I 


1 


M-m^\ 


(2 


i    oi)  ^^  '^'''^  ""^^^^^  J  """^  fi  '^^'^h4S 
\  Jd.{(^  WW  \  \    A    \\\  \  iX^^^^^lii 


J] 


e 


□   Ji  21  I 


SIXTH    DIVISION — METCHET-MU-NEBT-TUAT     I3I 


'      °  r-1 


^ 


1 


111  the  lower  retiister  are  :— 


[      y\      I     AAAAAA 


^ 


^ 


1.  The  god  Henti(?),  ,  crocodile-headed,  and  in 

a  seated  position,  l)ut  without  a  tlirone. 


^Hem. 


[Km-nu-ur.] 


2.  The  god  Em-nu-uij, 
ape-headed. 

3.  Thegod  Ani,  (]|(]||. 

4.  The  god  Hem,  r[]  ^^^. 

5.  The  god  Netcii-atef,  '^ 
G.  The  god  AxKii-nitA,  ■¥-  <^. 


DDO 


crocodile-headed,  or 


132  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

7.  The  god  Met-hra,  I  <^. 

8.  The  god  Netchti,  '^  T^ 


Ankh-hra.  Netch-atef. 


Netchii.  Met-hra. 

9 — 12.  Four  goddesses,  each  in  a  seated  position,  but 
^Yithout  a  throne ;  the  first  is  called  Antiieth,     Q     ^ , 


Sehith. 


Hetnt. 


Henhenith, 


Antheth. 


the  second  Henhenith,  '^'^  []  []  ^=^,  the  third  Hemt, 
^  ^<    A'    ^^^'^    ^^^^    fourth    Sehith,    n  | 


SIXTH    DIVISION — METCHET-MU-NEBT-TUAT     I33 

The  text  which  refers  to  these  reads :   T^     ^     Y  '  c/ 

Ma   — « —   AAw^^    /wwv\  d      1    „  0         f\.       Rill 
\>    I     I     I    £=3    I     I     I      I    III        il    Jr    4 D 

^AjflllMM     O     _S^    1     <cz^|||^^  HH  7^ 


fl 


%    e^  Cu    ^ 

^^  AAAA/W    "^ 


AA/V^A^ 


U  I  I  I  1   I  I  A    Ol  ^cz:^  Jr  I  I  i   I   ^ —  1 

vvv 


/wJ^  I  I  i^aJii  I  II  I  ID  j\( — 


j\ 


"".tlim^ 


m^^ 


■^      AAA/W\    

I   I    11^   D 


^ 


O  O 


-k 


A 


I     I      I   ^=   I     I      I 

\A/V>,AA     [~1 
^111 


It 


1  I 


? 


I    .<H>-      ^ 

I         /I\       c=tt: 


_/A  I     AA/^^A^    -/jk       I  I       I 

AAAAAA  J    "  The   Majesty   of    this   great 


"  god  saith  unto  these  gods : — 0  ye  gods  who  dwell  in 
"  tlie  Txuit,  and  who  are  in  the  following  of  the  lord  of 
"  the  Ijeings  who  are  in  the  Tiiat,  who  stand  up  and  sit 
"  down  in  Nu,  who  dwell  in  your  Field,  0  ye  gods  who 


T34 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


0 


"  send  forth  light,  and  who 
"make  to  stand  up  your 
"  bodies,  and  0  ye  goddesses 
"  who  sit  down  in  the  f  ol- 
"  lowing  of  the  Scarab  in 
"  the  place  where  are  his 
"  bodies  in  the  Tuat,  0  ye 

"  who  live  on  your , 

"  whose  hearts  live  on  then- 
"  food,  who  send  forth  light 
"  in  the  darkness  which  sur- 
"  roundeth  you,  who  have 
"  the  mastery  over  your  Eed 
"  Crowns,  who  partake  in 
"  content  of  the  offerings 
"  made  to  you,  let  them 
"  travel  in  my  following,  let 
"  my  soul  be  with  me,  let 
"  me  rest  (or,  imite  myself) 
"  to  my  Ijodies,  and  let  me 
"pass  by  you  in  peace. 
"  These  gods  hear  the  voice 
"  of  Ea  every  day,  and  they 
'•  have  their  life  through  his 
"  voice.  The  work  which 
"  they  ha\'e  to  do  in  the 
"  Tuat  is  to  convey  along 
"  souls,  and  to  accompany 
" the  shades  of   the  dead, 


The  Serpent  Am-khu  aad  the  heads  of 
the  Four  Children  of  Horus. 


SIXTH    DIVISION — METCHET-MU-NEBT-TUAT     I35 

"and  to  make  provisions  for  spirits,  [and  to  find  for 
"  them]  water." 

13.  The  monster  serpent   Am-khu,     ^    0  "v^  )^  i , 

with  his  head  raised  from  the  ground,  and  the  symbol 
of  "  life  "  mider  his  head.  Out  of  the  crest  of  each  of 
the  four  undulations  of  his  body  springs  a  bearded 
head,  and  the  four  heads  are  those  of  the  children  of 

Horus — Mestha,  li(],   Hapi,  ^  (Im,   Tuamutef, 

>lc  '\\    "^  ,  and  Qebh-sennu-f,  {0  11         .     The  text 


which  refers  to  the  serpent  reads :   .r^    -==*^  V\  V^ 

^^  .<2>-  _M^_M^ 

^>  ^  '^ ,  "  This  serpent  is  himself  invisible 


Q  1^  r:s^^ 


O  III  < 

"  to  this  great  god,  but  these  forms  (i,e.,  the  heads  of 
"  the  four  children  of  Horus)  have  their  being  in  his 
"  folds,  and  they  hear  the  voice  of  this  great  god  every 
"day.  The  work  which  he  doeth  in  the  Tuat  is  to 
"  devour  the  shades  of  the  dead,  and  to  eat  up  the 
"spirits  of  the  enemies  [of  Ea],  and  to  overthrow 
"  [those  who  are  hostile  to  him]  in  the  Tuat." 

14.  The  god  Kai,  S 


1^6 


THE    BOOK    OF    AM-TUAT 


15.  The  god  Meni,  ' '  (1(1  |. 

16.  The  god  Ann-ket,  n 


AAftAAA 


^^5 


17.  The  god  Ukt,  <==>.     Each  of  these  four  gods  is 


Urt.  Ann-ret.  Meni.  Kai. 

in  a  sitting  position,  but  has  no  throne  whereon  to 
sit. 

18.  A   company   of    nine    serpents,   each   of   which 
belches  fire  from  its  mouth  and  is  armed  with  a-  \m"e 


The  serpents  of  a  companj^  of  gods, 

knife ;  only  the  heads  and  upper  parts  of  the  bodies  of 
these  serpents  are  visible.    Their  names  are  Ta-tiiexex, 

,   Shu,  p,   Seb, 


,  Tem,  ^ ,   Khepera, 


SIXTH    DIVISION— METCHET-MU-NEBT-TUAT     I37 

J,  AsAE,  jg,  Heru,  ^,  Apu,  \/^>  ^^^^^ 
Hetepiu,  .  The  text  which  refers  to  the  four  gods 
and  the  nine  serpents  reads : — 

U  AAA/\/\A    A    ^V^AA^       I      A/V\AAA     A/VWV\    AAA/W\       I 


7^   ^ 


Ji    III 

D 


1     I     I     ^     Ji    111^^    111    <=>!     I      I   ^^  I     I     1    wwvv  O 

S=3  =^  9-  ^  S=*  e:^^     A     (?  (?  S==*  -=37  A/v<?w.    I         <?  I 

I       I       I    A^AAAA       I       I  I  I    I       I       I    /V\AAA/\    AAAAAA  I        I       I  ■  "    •^''^       cLI  I 

AA/VAA  AAAA^A    o  S     I     Q.   Q.    Q.     \/      "Vj^^  I^^  AA/WW  "¥"  |        |        I     |      V\ 

1   II  ^  D  I   I    I  A/vwvv  I  s=  W  <c:=>^    III  I   I   I  1  ^=0  JT 

q  I     D  ^i=£r^  -cs::-  -^-  □  ^  n  A  ^:^  , , 

I  «^-=>  X37     ^111  .^^  i]^  ^  \\ 

[)  AAAAAA       I     A/W^AA     AAA/V\A    -tr  I  I  I      I    I  I  11        1        I      11      AAA^AA       1      J  J      ^^111         ^"^ 
'♦■^      ^;^~^     A/WW\        '^  I        AAAAAA     2<  ^-^  ^  |  /f      AA/WV\      AAAAAA 

^^.^  1  I  II  I  I  m.  '"i^i  M   ^  iii<=>i  ^  ^'^^^  I  I  I 


T^    — H—     A^/AAA  g::^^:^    <;;;;>     Q^    J-^;.^-^    ^^^^^^^  QJ3Q 

III     1       1!  ^  Millie     ^"^     AA^W^  F=^     J. 

AA/V^V\    g  S      rs        n  AAAAAA     ,  .         C*i  fs    r\     -Fy  |     /  (3 

A/v/WW      [J     —     ~  AA/W\A     g  ^  \^  [J  M        VX  I Q 

'^  I        i        1         I         U  A^AA/Vv     /WVVNA     "^^^ --*        1     1      —il  I      ^^ ^    I  I  1 


AAAAAA 

nrz}  I  I  I 


A/AAAA 


A^VWV\      II     W_W        ,        I         1     ■  


^^D    (^  LlZD^^r  ^^^^ 


"  Saith  the  Majesty  of  this  great  god  to  these  gods : — 
"  0  ye  who  make  yourselves  to  be  standing  up  although 


138  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

"  ye  are  seated,  ye  who  are  in  motion  although  ye  are 
"  at  rest,  ye  whose  souls  come  into  being,  ye  who  are 
"  united  to  your  shades,  wdio  lift  up  your  feet  and  who 
"  moxe  onwards  by  your  thighs,  unite  ye  yourselves  to 
"your  flesh,  and  let  not  your  members  be  fettered. 
"  They  have  their  life  through  the  voice  of  this  great 
"  god  every  day,  and  the  work  which  they  do  is  to 
"  watch  the  two  comings  of  the  god  Khuti." 
Concerning  the  nine  serpents  it  is  said : — 
"  The  Majesty  of  this  great  god  speaketh  words  to 
"  these  male  gods  who  are  at  the  head  of  this  city : — 
"  Hail,  0  nine  forms  of  the  divine  spirits,  whose  faces 
"are  of  flames,  who  are  provided  with  your  knives, 
"  Ijurn  ye  up  the  enemies  of  Khepera,  hack  in  pieces 
"  their  shades,  for  ye  are  the  warders  of  the  Hidden 
"  Flesh,  which  is  made  of  Nu,  your  haljitation,  for  it  is 
"  ye  wlio  dwell  in  the  Water  of  Ta-tiienex,  and  it  is 
"  for  you  that  the  magical  powers  of  Khepera  come 
"  into  Ijcing.  They  have  their  means  of  li\'ing  from 
"  the  word  of  Ea  every  day.  The  work  which  they  do 
"  in  the  Tuat  is  to  hack  asunder  the  dead,  and  to  cause 
"  the  spirits  to  be  destroyed." 


(     139     ) 


CHAPTEE  VII. 

THE    SEVENTH    DIVISION    OF    THE    TUAT, 
WHICH  IS  CALLED  THEPHET-ASAE. 

The  scene  that  illustrates  the  Sp:ventii  Division  of 
the  Tuat,  which  is  passed   through   hj  the   Sun-god 
during  the  Seventh  Hour  of  the  night,  is  introduced 
hy  three  lines  of  text,  which  read : — 
I     D 


D 


AAA^AA       I      /VWV^^ 


I      D 


a  ^ 


j\ 


^     I  D    □ 


RU<2 


AA/\AAA     /VW\r'/\ 


^^1 


iii 


* 


[ZHZ] 


^^i<    O 


AA/V\AA      AAA/VNA 


"The  Majesty  of  tliis  great  god  taketh  up  his  abode 
"in  the  Hall  of  Osiris,  and  the  Majesty  of  this  god 


140 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


■  addresseth  words  to  the  Hall  of  the  gods  who  dwell 

■  therein.  This  god  performeth  all  the  rites  proper 
[for  entering]  this  Hall,  and  he  advanceth  on  his  way 
againt  Apep  by  means  of  the  words  of  power  of  Isis, 
and  by  means  of  the  words  of  power  of  the  Sovereign 
God.  The  name  of  the  gate  of  this  City  wherethrough 
passeth  this  god  is  Euti-Asar.  The  name  of  this 
City  is  Thephet-Sheta.  The  name  of  the  hour  of  the 
night  which  guideth  this  great  god  into  it  is  Kheftes- 

nAU-HESQET-[NEHA]-HEA." 


The  Boat  of  Af ,  the  dead  Sun-god,  in  the  Seventh  Hour. 

In  the  middle  register  are : — 

1.  The  boat  of  Ea,  who  stands  under  a  canopy  formed 
by  the  body  of  the  serpent  Mehen;  the  god  is  ram- 
headed  and  wears  a  disk  on  his  head,  and  his  name  Afu, 
9^9,R.>  is  written  twice  near  him.  In  front  of  him 
stand  Heka-sek,  8  LJ  m  5  ^^^^  *^^;  ^^^  I^i^>  ^^^^^  1^^^ 
both  arms  stretched  out  before  her,  and  is  reciting  the 
words  of  power  which  shall  make  the  boat  to  advance. 


THE    SEVENTH    DIVISION — THEPHET-ASAR        I4I 


Behind  the  god  stand  Heru-heken,  Iva-Shu,  Nehes, 
Hu,  and  the  "  jDrotector  of  the  boat."     Above  the  boat 


is    written 


^     I 


M#1 


I      D 


I  C) 


U 


£52 


fmL^\rm'^:iu^ 


a  D 


AV\/V\A 


^ 


L^aiO 


D   ^ 


D 


-4 

^^^V^A  I 


This   OTeat 


^  8| 

t AA/VW\    I 

"  god  journeyeth  in  this  City  in  the  path  of  the  Circle  of 
"  Sar  (Osiris)  by  means  of  the  utterances  of  the  words 
"  of  power  of  Isis  and  of  the  words  of  power  of  See,  so 
"  that  he  may  journey  on  his  way  against  Neiia-hra. 
"  If  these  words  of  power  of  Isis,  and  those  of  Ser  be 
"  uttered,  Apep  shall  ])e  turned  back  and  shall  be  shut 
"  up  in  Anient,  in  the  hidden  place  of  the  Tuat ;  if 
"  they  be  uttered  on  the  earth  it  shall  be  so  likewise. 
"  Whosoever  shall  utter  them  shall  become  one  of  those 
"  who  are  in  the  boat  of  Ka,  both  in  heaven  and  upon 
"  earth ;  but  whosoever  knoweth  not  these  figures  shall 
"  not  know  how  to  repulse  Neha-hra." 

2.  The  serpent  Neha-hra,  which  is  transfixed  to  the 
ground  by  means  of  six  knives.     The  goddess  Serqet, 

<^^=*  1 ,  stands  with  a  band  round  his  neck  in  the  act  of 


142 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


strancrliiiff  him,  and  the  god  Her-tesu-f, 


"^ 


stands  hj  his  tail,  round  which  he  is  tying  a  fetter. 


The  text  which  refers  to  him  reads : 

^l\  —  ^  ^ 


.  ^ 


□    a    □    ^<^ 


Ji  ^      7i 


^    £^ 


Tlie  serpent  Xeha-hra  being  fettered  by  Serqet  and  Hertesu-f. 


AA/WV\      C 


L^J    1  "s  D    D  ^ 

I  I  I  ^^ — Q  8  D  en 


A  ^ 


7=i  ^''^^^ 


S^^ 


■^^^^iJU 


^  w 


8U 
I  111 


SP3^gflVfm 


AAAAAA 
AA/W\A 


I  iiS  Jr 

, "  He  who 


"is  in  this  picture  is  Apep,  and  he  surroimdeth  his 
"  country,  which  is  in  the  Tuat ;  Tchau  is  the  name  of 
"  this  district,  which  is  four  hundred  and  forty  cubits 


THE    SEVENTH    DIVISION — THEPHET-ASAR        I43 

in   length,   and    four   hundred   and   forty   cubits    in 

breadth,  and  his  voice  guideth  the  gods  to  him.     He 

who  is  with(?)  him  after  this  great  god  hath  made 

his  passage  through  this  City,  ]ialteth(?)  with  Afu, 

opposite  to  the  country  whereover  he  would  make  a 

■  way ;  behold,  Seeqet  is  at  the  head  [of  Apep],  and 

Her-tesu-f  placeth  his  deadly  fetter  about  his  feet 

after  Isis  hath  taken  possession  of  the  words  of  power 

of  Ser  of  two-fold  strength,  [and  Ea]  giveth  their 

'  words   of   power.     Whosoever  knoweth   it  (i.e.,  this 

'  picture  and  the  text)  upon  earth  shall  not  be  one  of 

those  of  whose  water  iSTEiiA-HRA  drinketh." 


1  t  ^.-o  .1 


TomtiUi. 


Tenith. 


Nakith. 


Uetemtit. 


3.  The    goddess    Hetemtit,    S  J  (1  "^  (1  ^^,   armed 
with  a  knife. 

4.  The  goddess  Nakitii,     n        n|i    £=>  ^  armed  with 
a  knife. 

5.  The  goddess  Tenit,  ""^  (]  (1  ^  (^•ar.  c=^  \  \ 
armed  with  a  knife. 

G.  Tlie      goddess      Temtitii,     /c= 


(var. 


j ,  armed  with  a  knife.    Tliese  four  goddesses 


144 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


guard  four  rectangular  coffers,  at  the  end  of  each  of 
which  is  a  human  head ;  inside  each  coffer  is  a  mound 
of  sand,  beneath  which  is  buried  one  of  the  four  forms 
of  Osiris,     The  first  coffer  "  contains  the  form  of  Tem," 

^    ''^—  "J  i  .       :   the  second  "  contains  the  form  of 

I   ^^p=K^ 


^1 


m      — » —  n  I   fT^  r\ 

Khepera,"    ^    ^^  ^  '  H  y  5  ^^^^  ^^^^^'*^^  "  contains  the 


The  coffer  of  Tem, 


The  coffer  of  Khepera, 


^^n.™B.,^^e)  T 


Asmy 


0^ 


^ 


The  coffer  of  Ra, 


The  coffer  of  Osiris, 


form  of  Ea,"  ^  '^  ^ 


I  O     I 


and  the  fourth  "  con- 


/n 


tains   the  form  of   Osiris,"     '^    ^'^=::~-^ ; 
goddesses  are  described  as :  H  \/    ci      ^       H 


I     J1    .      The 


D    D 


CTZ] 


I    I    I 


OOO  ^^. 


III      I         I     i — (    l\/\N\t^    \      I 


THE    SEVENTH    DIVISION — THEPHET-ASAR        I45 


I    □ 


s 


I  — *^ 
I  I  I  I 


^^ 


,,^ a  ^c:7,  "  The  goddesses  who  hack 

D  D  I  I  I  _P^  nrnQ    I        '  ® 

"  at  Apep  ill  the  Tiiat,  who  repulse  (or,  bring  to  nought) 
"  the  affairs  (or,  matters)  of  the  enemies  of  Ka.  Those 
"  who  are  in  this  picture,  and  who  hold  knives,  hack 
"  asunder  Apep  in  the  Tuat  each  day." 

7 — 10.  The  four  coffers  of  Osiris,  concerning  which 


it  is  said : 


D 


^-  ra 


000 

A/WVW    L^  _J  AAA/7V\   A/^WAA 


^ 


Lil 


..^ 


I    I 


D 

L_  _J   AAA/VNA 


/ I  / J\       J\      I 


"  [These 


"  are  the]  hidden  magical  figures  of  the  Tuat,  the 
"  funeral  shrines  of  the  hidden  heads.  [When]  those 
"  who  reached  this  region  [come  there,  the  liidden 
"  heads]  appear,  [and  when  they  ha\'e  heard  the  \'oice  of 
"  Ra]  they  eat  their  own  forms,  after  this  great  god  hath 
"passed  them  by."     The  line  of  liieroglyphics  above 

the  upper  register  reads  :  """^^  '=^^  aw^^ 


\)°AW 


D    D 


^=^ 


rsN\f\N\  M\t\r^r\r\ 


I  ^         I 

I     III     l\Ns/\N\ 


I      O 


-^       III 
I 


m 


1 


/wwv\  •< — \     -^    fl  I    I    I  D    D 


146 


A     ^   O 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


D 


D  ^ 


ra  m^i 


J] 


w    O^  "  xiie  hidden  road  of  Ameut.     The 

"  great  god  maketh  his  way  over  it  in  his  holy  boat, 
"  and  he  passeth  over  this  road  which  has  no  water, 
"  and  none  to  tow.     He  maketh  his  way  by  means  of 


Nel>Uast. 


Seth-ab(!'). 


•  the  words  of  power  of  Isis,  and  by  means  of  the  words 
■  of  power  of  Semsu  (?),  and  the  utterances  of  this  great 
'  god  himself  [act  as]  magical  protectors,  and  perform 
'  the  slaughters  of  Apep  in  the  Tiiat,  in  this  Circle  in 
'his  windings  in  the  sky.  Whosoever  shall  make  [a 
'  copy  of]  these  [pictures]  according  to  the  similitudes 
'  which  are  in  writmg  at  the  northern  side  of  the 
'  hidden  palace  in  the  Tuat  they  shall  act  for  him  that 
'  maketh  them  as  magical  protectors  in  heaven  and  in 
'earth.  Whosoever  knoweth  them  shall  be  as  the 
'  Spikits  with  Ea." 


THE   SEVENTH    DIVISION — THEPHET-ASAR        I47 

11.  The  god  Neb-Uast,  ^i^  1,  standing,  and  holding 
a  sceptre  in  his  right  hand. 

12.  The  goddess  Seth-ab(?),  '^^  ^T^. 

In  the  upper  register  are : — 

1.  The  god  Shepes,    q   ,  in  mummied  form,  seated. 


:e=;3i 


B    B  ^ 


,0    B 


t 


Shepes 


Ankhuithit. 


and   holding  in  his  right   hand   some   curved   object, 
which  resembles  a  boomerang. 

2.  The  goddess  Atii,  ^  s=s ,  with  the  head  of  a 

lioness,  holding  the  symbol  of  "  life  "  in  her  riglit  liand, 
and  a  sceptre  in  her  left. 

3.  The  uraeus  Ankiiuithit,  ■¥--?-  ?=>  -V-,  with   the 
head  of  a  woman. 


148  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

4.  A  god  in  human  form,  seated  on  a  throne,  wearing 
plumes  and  an  uraeus  on  his  head,  with  "  life  "  in  his 

right  hand,  and  the  sceptre  |  in  his  left ;  this  god  is 

called  Afu-Asae,  fl  ^^^^  ^^^  j) ,  and  he  is  seated 

under  a  canopy  which  is  formed  by  the  body  of  a  monster 

serpent  called  Ankh-aeu-tchefau-axkh-aku,  -V-    "^s^  1 

I  III  ^1 

"1    1^   r '     ^^^®  ^^"^^  which  refers  to  the  first  three 
gods   reads:  ^     H  '     °  I^  ™  ^=5  -^^  ^ 


n     I     '^"^'N       Q.  A/vwv\    t^^   .e\        III       Q         "        AW\AA     ra 

[jal ,  "  The  Majesty  of  this  great  and  holy  god  saith, 

"  Grant  thou  me  to  come  forth  on  the  path  by  thy 
"  spittle  (?)  and  by  [thy]  throat  and  let  me  utter  the 
"  word  which  is  madt  to  Ankhit,  and  let  me  open  thy 
"  fold,  for  I  have  come  to  illumine  the  darkness,  and  to 
"  embrace  him  that  is  in  Mehen."    The  text  which  refers 

to    Afu-Asar    reads  :    U  ^    |  /wwvn   H  J)  (1  -f]-  ^^ 


.^.?   ^111    ffi   0|| 


THE    SEVENTH    DIVISION — THEPHET-ASAR        I49 


I  ^  o 


I  I  I 


I  I  I 


^ 


AAA/v^^ 
I      I      I 


^^=>^ 


I      I      I 


AAAAAA    /      g  ^ 


o 


D    J\ 


D' 


'This  god 


"  saith  unto  Osiris,  who  dwelleth  in  the  serpent  Mehen, 
"  Hail,  Osiris,  Governor  of  the  Tuat,  thou  lord  of  life, 
"  thou  ruler  of  Amentet,  thou  shalt  live,  live  thou  life, 
"  thou  hast  magical  power,  and  shalt  prevail  by  magical 


« (1 .  li  r- ■=*  of  i^P"  b •-- "^  ^T  D  (1  ^^  ^^ii. 


Afu-Asar  under  the  serpent  Mehen.        The  beheading  of  the  enemies  of  Osiris. 


"  power  in  [this]  land.  Thou  dost  exalt  those  who  are 
"  in  thy  following  on  their  arrival  before  thee.  Thine 
"  enemies  are  beneath  thy  feet,  thou  hast  gained  the 
"mastery  over  those  who  have  worked  against  thee. 
"The  flames  [of  fire]  are  against  them,  he  burneth 
"  them  up  with  his  blazing  knife  which  is  over  them, 
"  he  hacketh  them  in  pieces  and  choppeth  tliem  up 
"  with  his  slaughtering  knife,  and  he  reckoneth  up  his 
"  members  each  day.    0  let  me  pass  over  thee  in  peace." 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


5.  Three  headless 
figures,  kneeling,  with 
their  arms  tied  behind 
theu'  backs ;  these  repre- 
sent    the    "enemies    of 

Osiris,"      ^    ^'^    ^   ■  '^ 


•\lllj|^' 


or 


^ 


o    I. 
o  I 


Be- 


hind these  stands  a  fierce 
cat  -  headed  (or,  lynx  - 
headed)  god,  who  holds 
a  huge  pomted  stake  in 
one  hand,  and  flourishes 
a  large  knife  m  the  other. 

G.  Three    foes,    %i.  ^, 

of  Osiris  lying  on  their 
backs ;  round  the  right 
arm  of  each  a  rope  is 
tied,  and  the  other  ends 
of  the  three  ropes  are 
in   the   hands  of   a   god 

called  Anku,  [1  v^ . 

The  passage  which  refers 

to     these     reads :     l\  >/ 

0  '1'  °%  ®  i 


Anku  fettering  the  foes  of  Osiris. 


e 


m 


O 


B'^ 


^ 


<+=io 


CD? 


(LI. 


THE    SEVENTH    DIVISION — THEPHET-ASAR        153 

AA/W\A         1^  e  s     AftAAAA      o 

X^   ^_-j   .^_D|    " 

-<s>-       /I  III  ^   lllll  ^    W  LT^      e      ^-o\   ,wwv 


T 


q 


I       I       — S^     _/.T^       I     I       I        I       I    I      AAA^AA 


r\    A/WSAA    /  ^-^     p 


-^J-^  AAAAAA     n     <>^  /wvvvx       ^^.^-^       ^ '     /WWV\ 

^^     Avw^^   1   ^^    ^Z^    ^JU^       Jl        \      \      \ 


I   I  I  XI ,  "  The  Majesty  of  this  god  saith : — 0  ye  spirits 

"  who  are  hostile  to  Osiris,  who  have  rebelled  against 
"  the  Governor  of  the  Tuat,  yonr  hands  and  arms  are 
"  fettered,  and  [ye]  are  tied  tightly  with  bonds,  and 
"  your  souls  are  kept  under  ward,  and  your  shades  are 
"  hacked  in  pieces,  Anku  hath  drawn  the  cords  about 
"  you  so  tightly  that  ye  shall  never  be  able  to  escape 
"  from  his  restraint." 

7.  Three  l)earded,  human-faced  hawks,  wearing  on 
their  heads  the  double  crown  of  the  South  and  North ; 

the  first  is  called   Sa-Tathexex,  "^  "^^^ -^     the 

name   of    the    second    is   wanting,    and    the    third    is 

called  Mam(?),  ^,  or  Ma  at,  ^. 

8.  A  huge  serpent,  which  bears  on  its  back  a  god 
in   a   sitting    posture ;    the   god    is    called    Afu-Tem, 

I  V^^"^,  and  the  remains  of  the  text  which  refers 

"i  ^   lll^r=' 

to  him  say  that  he  shoots  forth  his  flame  at  those  who 

rebel  against  Osiris,  and  tliat  he  eats  the  souls  of  the 

enemies  of  the  god. 


154 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


C::^ 


In  the  lower  register  are : — 

1.  The    god    Heru-her-khent-f,  -^^  />. , 

seated  on  a  throne,  as  his  name  implies.  He  is 
hawk-headed,  and  wears  the  solar  disk  encircled  by  a 
serpent ;  in  his  right  hand  is  the  symbol  of  life,  and  in 
his  left  a  sceptre.     Tlie  other  forms  of  his  name  are 

.     and     V^  c=q  ^r^  ^<^=^ .       Of 


this   god  it  is    said : 


a 

AAAAAA 


AAAAAA    -rf  Ji 


J     I      AA/W\A 


"    0  "^"^^^'^/'The 

— 0  X  Jr  III  o  o  o  I  Li^' 

"  work  of  this  figiu"e  who  is  in 
"  this  picture  is  in  the  Tuat,  and 
"it  is  for  him  to  send  the  stars 
"  on  their  May,  and  to  make  the 
Heru-he.--khciit-f.  "  hours  to  go  on  their  way  in  the 

"  Tuat."   The  stars  are  personified 

by  gods,  twelve  in  number,  who  stand  each  with  a  star 

on  his  head.     Their  names  are  : — 


1.  Ur-kert,  ^^ 


S 


2.  Kekhert(?), 


/I\ 


3.  Neb-kiiert-ta, 


;  I 


I    IX 


4.    TUATI,  ^ 


^  w 


THE    SEVENTH    DIVISION — THEPHET-ASAR        I55 

6.  H1-KIIU-.  .  . 


II- 


7.  Emta-a, 


^4  ' 


Ur-'kert.        Kekhert.    Neb-khert-ta.        Tuati.  Hiat.  Hi-khu-. 


Emta-a.      Teser-a.      Emma-a.       Sem-nes-f.    Tesem-em-maat-f.        Seqer-teiiu. 


8.  Teser-a, 


I 


9.  Emma-a,      «, a  i . 

10.  Sem-nes-f,  ^^  1~1  U 


p^=ja)' 


156  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

11.  Tesem-em-maat-f,  c— ^  n  ^^   _ 

I  I  I  1  ^    I 

12.  Seqee-Tepu,  n    ^    ^  ^  I . 

The   text   relating   to   these   gods   reads :    (j  V/  y 


A"^^l^4'^'^:s'lri>il  1  1%'irn 


c,^^  j^  I  I  1 1  I  I  s=  ^=  I  ^  J  Jr  I  I  I  I   ji    I 


/www    I      ?i      111     I     I     I     U     F=^    t  Jl  1    I     ^    D     C2]    Cl-i        > 

'  The  Majesty  of  Horns  of  the  Tnat  saith  luito  the 
"  starry  gods : — 0  ye  who  are  madt  in  yonr  flesh,  whose 
"  magical  powers  have  come  into  being  for  you,  who 
"  are  united  unto  your  stars  and  who  yourselves  rise  up 
"  for  Ea  in  the  horizon  which  is  in  the  Tuat  each  day, 
"  0  be  ye  in  his  following,  and  let  your  stars  guide 
"  his  two  hands  so  that  he  may  journey  through  the 
"  Beautiful  Anient  in  peace.  And,  0  ye  gods  who 
"  stand  up,  who  dwell  in  our  land,  light  up  ye  your 
"  stars  in  the  sky  so  that  [I]  may  unite  [myself]  with 
"  the  master  of  the  horizon." 

2.  The  Twelve  Goddesses  of  the  Hours,  who  face  to 


THE    SEVENTH    DIVISION — THEPHET-ASAR        I57 


the   right,   having  each   a   star   on   her  head.     Their 
names  are : — 

1.  HeKENNUTHETH,  R   /W.AAA  ^ 

2.  NEBT-EN-.     .     .     .,  AWVVA  . 

3.  Nebt-nebt, 


Goddesses  of  the  Hours. 


•^rr^#Si:?l1 


Goddesses  of  the  Hours, 
•i.   TUATHETII,     ^ 


5.  Amentet-ekmex, 

6.  [Name  erased.] 

7.  Anitii,J^  (][]  s= 

8.  AUNITII,  U  ^^ 


/T— Si 


158  the  book  of  am-tuat 

9.  Tait,  5  ^  1  "  1  T* 

10.  Aeit-kiiu,  "^^^  "^s®  Yi.  m. 

11.  Arit-aku,  ^^  \>  ^   I  . 

.<s>-  JI    U  I 

12.  Uaat-testes,  ^^    c^ 

The  text  relating  to  the  goddesses  of  the  hours  reads : 
I/O      I      £5i^\^* 


AA/WNA        „ 

D  ^  O 


-  —      d 


0   ^ 


Goddesses  of  the  Hours. 


o 


D 


xi\  cO], — ,%:m 


^,      .     AAA^VNA 

in   0  ^  o 


I     AAAAAA        _        I 

0  ^  O  I 


^     0 


\ 


I     AA/VW\ 

MM 


""""■  ^  '  (^  n  n  n  Oi 

m.^''  ^'     1 1    I   1    I    I  I    I    I    ol''  A/vwv^  I    I  /wwvN  1    U     ^  <::=> 


I  z ^  <rr>  ^1--^  ?^^^^ 

I      AAA/-/V\      .111.1111111.  AAA/VV\ 

I  I   I   I  i;^^  I  I  1 1   I  I 


THE    SEVENTH    DIVISION — THEPHET-ASAR 


159 


"  saith  unto  the  Hours  who  are  in  this  City : — 0  ye 
"  Hours  who  have  the  power  of  coming  into  being,  0 
"ye  Hours  who  are  endowed  with  stars,  0  ye  Hours 
"  who  avenge  Ea,  fight  ye  on  behalf  of  Him  that  is  on 
"  the  horizon,  and  take  ye  your  forms  (or,  attributes), 
"  and  carry  ye  your  symbols,  and  lift  ye  up  your  heads 
"  and  guide  this  [god]  Ea,  who  is  on  the  horizon,  into 
"  the  beautiful  Amentet  in  peace."     The  text  goes  on 


-->-^flvwi:iv^^^iis^i 


j\ 


The  crocodile  Ab-sha-am-Tuat, 


1 


I      D  0-=- 

AV\AAA       —  n 


Behold 


t{  ^^^^^ 
"  the  gods   and  goddesses  who   guide  this  great   god 
"  along  the  hidden  way  of  this  City." 

o.  In  front  of  the  Hours  is  an  enormous  crocodile 

called  Ab-siia-am-Tuat,  .- 0  J  "\  -  -  ^  ^  which 

is  dcscril3cd  as  "  Osiris,  the  Eye  of  Ea,"  (1  "v^    ]]     "^^^ 
^  ^^»     The   crocodile   stands  upon  a  long   funeral 


i6o 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


iiiouncl,  out  of  the  end  of  which,  immediately  under  the 
head  of  the  animal,  appears  a  bearded  human  head, 


i.e.,  "  the  head  of    Osiris," 


crocodile  the  text  says : 


o  o  o 


^ 


or  ^ 


I   I   I 


111  D 


^ 


Of  the 

AAAAAA 


IB 


A 


^ 


"^ 


1    I    I 


I  ^  D 


°1 


flP-k^^\ 


"  He  who  is  in  this  picture  is  Ab-shau,  and  he  is  the 
"  warden  of  the  symbols  of  this  city.  When  he  heareth 
"  the  voice  [of  the  boat  of]  Ra  which  is  addressed  to  the 
"  Eye  which  is  in  his  cheek  (?),  the  head  which  is  in  his 
"  dominion  maketh  its  appearance,  and  then  it  eateth 
"  its  own  form  after  this  great  god  hath  passed  it  by. 
"  Whosoever  knoweth  this  [picture]  Ab-shau  shall  not 
"  devour  his  souk" 


(     i6i     ) 


CHAPTEE  VIIL 

THE  EIGHTH  DIVISION  OF  THE  TUAT,  WHICH 
IS  CALLED  TEBAT-NETERU-S. 

The  scene  that  illustrates  the  Eighth  Division  of 
tlie  Tnat,  which  is  passed  through  by  the  Sun-god 
during  the  Eighth  Hour  of  the  night,  is  introduced  by 
four  lines  of  text  which  read : — 


rzsz: 


IVi^l 


D 


A 


UTJi 


1 


^ 


I  O   III  I    I    1    I 


i< 


n 


AAA/V\A       WvAAAA 


/VWV\A 


s 


lip 


J\ 


A/VWVN     '  iv  w     /vv> 
WvAAAA  i^  n 

^      /wwv\       II 


D 


^>lc 


II- 


"  The  Majesty  of  this  great  god  taketh  up  its  place  in 
"  the  Circles  of  the  hidden  gods  who  are  on  their  sand, 

M 


l62 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


"and  he  addresseth  to  them  words  in  his  boat  whilst 
"  the  gods  tow  him  along  through  this  City  by  means  of 
"  the  magical  powers  of  the  serpent  Mehex.  The  name 
"  of  the  gate  of  this  City  is  Aha-an-urt-nef.  The  name 
"of  this  City  is  Tebat-neteru-s.  The  name  of  the 
"Hour  of  the  night  which  guideth  this  great  god  is 
"  Nebt-usha." 

The  Circles  of  this  Division  are  thus  described : — 


r^-^^^  D 


-^^  1 

Jl  III    Mil 


^i^l^^E^^ 


^     I  I    M 

I 
I 
I 


1    II   I    I    I 


AAAAA^    J  1 


11 


^ 


^^2P 


Jl 


^ 


i< 


M 


J)  s 


"The  hidden  Circles  of  Ament  which  are  passed 
through  by  the  great  god,  his  boat  being  towed  along 
by  the  gods  who  dwell  in  the  Tuat ;  let  them  be  made 
according  to  the  figures  [which  are  depicted]  on  the 
north  of  the  hidden  palace  in  the  Tuat.  Whosoever 
'  knoweth  them  by  their  names  shall  be  the  possessor 

•  of  swathings  upon  earth,  and  he  shall  not  be  repulsed 
■  at  the  hidden  gates,  and  he  shall  have  offerings  in  very 

•  great  abundance  regularly  and  perpetually." 

In  the  middle  register  are : — 

1,  The  boat  of  the  sun,  in  which  the  god  stands 


THE    EIGHTH    DIVISION — TEBAT-NETERU-S      163 


imder  a  canopy  formed  Ijy  the  body  of  the  serpent 
Melien,  being  towed  along  by  nine  gods.     His  passage 

is  thus  described :    I  ^  c=^5i    |  ©    aaaaaa  v^.  -^^ 

■^  I 1— ► 

ra 


1 


A     ^  I    -^    Jl         III  I     ill 

^^   r^i-^  niSID   °<^    /^    f]    f^    C3    I  nfl 

jDr    2^L=_    ^/^vWN    W/VTA    l(^  1    Jl        I     C^       1 

I       A      ^  ^^37  ci    ®  q   I      ill 


U  I 


o 


1 


mro\ir^K-r^m^\'^ 


1 1 1 


'tc;,.  AW^A^    AAAAAA  '''^^ 

I  1  I  I  i^^=^L    il. 


I^PJ] 


II 


Q.  _££^  III  II    I  <=:>  1110  III 
I      D  O 


IMIIIIil 


ll  1 


111^      J\ 


D     ^ 


I      ^     I 


j^ 


O     I  ^"^    ^    ^'^^^  ?           Ill®  ^ii^=^ 
-(2-  <^=>  ^  III  ^     1 Q  11     ^     < Mi^iM^  j^  111 


AWVNA 

I    I    I 


cin: 


l'':^4i'« 


o    I 


1^ 


y^ 


I  r  f^^^  ^  D 

(^  <=>  r~vrn 
111  (S   111   .  Ill 

"  This    u'od 


maketh  his  way  into  this  City,  being  towed  along 
])y  the  gods  of  the  Tuat,  in  his  hidden  form  of 
Meiien.     This  god  sendeth  forth  a  cry  to  the  regions 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


"of  every  Circle 
"  of  this  City,  and 
"  also  to  the  gods 
"who  are  there- 
"  in,  and  it  is  the 
"voice    of   them 
"  which  this  god 
"heareth  after  he 
"  hath  sent  forth 
"a  cry  to  them. 
"  The   figures   of 
"their  bodies 
"  remain    always 
"  with  their  dead 
'•  l)odies      whicli 
"  are  under  their 
"  sand,  and  their 
"'  gates    open    to 
"the  voice   of 
"  this    god    each 
■  day,   and    then 
'■  they  hide  them- 
"  selves  after  he 
"  hath  passed  by 
"them.     Their 
"  work     in     the 
"  Tuat  is  to  tow 
"  Ea   along  over 
"  the  ways  of  this 


The  Boat  of  If,  the  dead  Sun -god,  in  the  Eighth  Hour. 


THE   EIGHTH   DIVISION — TEBAT-NETERU-S      165 


"  City,  and  they 
"  rise  np  after 
"  they  have  towed 
"  him  along  into 
"  this  Hall,  and 
"  they  say  nnto 
"  him  : — 0  thou 
"  god,  come  thou 
"  to  thine  hidden 
"  image,  0  our 
"  god,  and  to  all 
"  the  sepulchres 
"of  Khenti- 
"  Amenti,  unite 
"  thyself  strong- 
"ly  to  it,  and 
"  mayest  thou 
"  be  entreated 
"  to  lighten  the 
"darkness  of 
"  those  who  are 
"  on  their  sands. 
"We  beseech 
"  thee  to  come 
"  and  to  unite 
"thyself,  0  Ra, 
"  to  those  who 
"  tow  thee  along." 
The    eight    gods 


l66  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-fUAT 

wlio  t(jw  aluug  the  Ijoat  of   Ka  are  thus   described : 


www 


n  1  r-yn  '■''■''^-  g-r— >    o  '--^-^  ca    |     ^     n 
11  I  c=i:f=,  =^?^ /W-/W.  ^  ^HF^    hll<r:>| 


These 


"are  the  gods  of  the  Tuat  who  tow  along  Ea  iu  the 
"place  where  the  gods  have  their  sepulchres  (Tebat- 
"  xeteru-set),  and  he  is  [acclaimed]  by  those  who  are 
"  in  this  City.  The  images  secret  of  Tathenex,  of 
"  Horns  (?),  [and  of]  the  gods  are  with  them." 

2.  Nine   large    objects    somewhat    in    the    form   of 

tlie  hieroglyphic  Q  shems,  which  has  the  meaning  of 

"follower"  or  "servant";  unlike  this  sign,  however, 
each  of  the  nine  objects  is  provided  with  a  huge  knife, 
and  from  the  curved  end  of  each  is  suspended  a  human 
head.  M.  Maspero  is  undoubtedly  correct  in  describing 
these  as  the  servants  of  the  god.  The  names  of  the 
nine  servants  are : — 


1.  Hetep-ta, 

c.  D  1    s 


2.  Amex,(]S(()^ 


-T      I 


3.  Sesheta-baiu(?),  ^a  (^ 

4.  Sekhex-kiiaibit,    0    )     T  i . 

/www    IJ  '^  I    I    I 

5.  XEB-ER-TCHEI!,  "^   . 


THE    EIGHTH    DIVISION — TEBAT-NETERU-S      167 

6.  Mennu,         O^'C^- 

7.  Mathenu,  ^ 


8.  Metkui, 

9.  Peremu(?),  ^  ^. 


Of   these   gods   it  is   said 


r 


^  ^  £E  ^  ^i  ^'b  I  rri 


I   I    I  I   <   I 


Servants  of  the  god  R3. 


D    t^ 


I       I        I      AAAAAA     ^AAAAA 

Icrd:  M   I  I   I   I 


ci    I  I  I  ^§;!Msi   ^ 


^/v  ^-li  AAA/VNA 


I      :^     1 


ra 


1 1 1 


^  ^ 


1 


X       AAAA/ 


D  _a    I  /w^AA^  -^  rr^j    "Those    who    are    in    this 


i68 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


'  picture  are  those  who  are  on  the  path  along  which  this 
'god  is  towed,  and  they  have  their  swathings  before 
•  them  in  the  form  in  which  the  god  himself  [had  them]. 
■This  our  great  god  crieth  out  unto  those  who  have 

■  their  life  in  them,  in  [their]  heads  in  their  forms,  and 

■  this  god  crieth  out  to  them  by  their  names.  Their  work 
is  [to  seize]  the  enemies  of  Ea  everywhere  throughout 
this  City,  and  then  to  make  their  heads  to  pass  under 
their  swords  after  this  god  hath  passed  them  by." 

3.  A  ram,  having  the  solar  disk  between  his  horns, 

B      '  ' Joi     AJ   i^^'^   ;^- ■=3;<    r~^  ,J^r     B      0^11     P^^-rnrr'     P    >ffB    -=-    i • 

=^  ^     <l       O^-^l    O  ^_2  ^^^Uj  ^  ."^-Ig    \    ^\    ===  =^ 


Servants  of  the  god  Ea. 


First  form  of  Tathenen. 


and  the  svml  >ol  of  linen  bandages  in  front  of  him ;  he 


IS  an  imag-e 


of  Tathexen,   i^  I 


of  whom  he  is 


the  "  first  form,"   <^     '^'^  \    '^  ,  or 

I  D  W' 

4.  A  ram,  having  the  crown  of  the  South  between 
his  horns,  and  the  symbol  of  linen  bandages  in  front  of 
him ;  he  is  an  image  of  Tathenen,  of  whom  he  is  the 


"  second  form,' 


or 


5.  A  ram,  ha^'inCT  the  crown  of  the  Xorth  between 


THE    EIGHTH    DIVISION — TEBAT-NETERU-S       l6g 


his  horns,  and  the  synihol  of  linen  bandages  in  front  of 
him ;  he  is  an  image  of  Tathenen,  of  whom  he  is  the 

"  third  form,"  M  ^,  or  O  M  O . 

6.  A  ram,  having  the  solar  disk  and  a  pair  of  plumes 
above  his  horns,  and  the  symbol  of  linen  Ijandages  in 
front  of  him ;  he  is  an  image  of  Tathexex,  of  whom 

he  is  the  "fourth  form,"   M  *^illl,  or    m'OO^. 


The  text  which  refers  to  these  reads 


I    I    I 


Second  form  of  Tatheuen.    Third  form  of  Tathenen.    Fourth  form  of  Tathenen. 


cmi 


1    1    1  III       I       111  ^>>t  I 


I       D     C^:^ 


I      ^      "^     *~ -*      AAA^A^ 


I   I   I  czso 


c^^ 


\rrA 


I      D 


I  I  I  A  a   ^^ — Q    ^ 


AA/V/Wv 


Q 


^ 


170 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


(a\/wwv^0^3 


^,  "  Those  who  are 


"  in  this  picture  in  the  Tuat,  with  their  swathings  of 
"  linen  in  front  of  them,  in  the  form  in  which  the  god 
"  himself  [had  them],  are  they  to  whom  he  crieth  out 
"  after  he  hath  come  to  the  place  where  they  are. 
"And  they  on  their  part  cry  out  to  tliis  god  with  their 
"  voices  wliich  are  joyful  hut  hidden,  and  this  god 
"singeth  a  song  of   joy  at  their  voices.     After  [tliis 


•i^^f-n  WrT,m  A  ^,L  K^ 


a    *******    i*^,  ^3 


o  ^ 


The  Circle  Sesheta. 


"  great  god]  hath  passed  by  them,  and  when  the  dark- 
"ness  of  night  hath  covered  them  over,  they  receive 
"  the  diadems  of  Ea,  and  the  soul  of  Tathenex  uniteth 
"  itself  to  the  earth." 

In  the  upper  register  are  five  Circles  of  the  Tuat, 
and  a  door,  which  may  be  thus  described : — 

1.  This  Circle,  which  is  called  Sesheta,  is  entered 
through  a  door  with  the  name  of  Tes-xeb-terer  .  .  .  ., 


'^^ ,  and  in  it  are  seated : 


THE    EIGHTH    DIVISION — TEBAT-NETERU-S      I7I 

1.  The   image   of   Tem,     i^  1  ^ ,   wearing   the 

White  Crown. 

2.  The  image  of  Kiiepeka,  ^^  1     «    (] . 


3.  The  image  of  SlIU,    i^  1  r-rrn 


P^' 


Each  of  these  is  seated  upon  au  instrument  for  weaving, 

^       (?5>    J   I     n     <^ 

I     AV\A^\        I 


j[  I .     The  text  reads  : 

,LA  I  I  I  I  £5^  - — flll<=>   I 

1 '  ^ 

I  111  — 


1  I  Ji^  < 

I      D  {^^ 


2^^_    c.        I 


4 


A      ^  O 


[ 


C3XZ] 


Zl      ^     ^ 


[^£^ 


o 


AAA/vW 
/WVAAA 


,  "  Those  who  are  in  this 

"  picture  are  [seated]  on  their  instruments  for  weaving 
"  [after  the  manner]  of  Horus,  the  heir,  the  youthful 
"  one.  This  god  crieth  out  to  their  souls  after  he  hath 
"  entered  into  this  City  of  the  gods  who  are  on  their 
"  sand,  and  there  are  heard  the  voices  of  [those  who  are] 
"  shut  in  this  Circle  which  are  like  [the  hum]  of  many 
"  1  )ees  of  honey  wdien  their  souls  cry  out  to  lia.  The 
"  name  of  this  Circle  is  8e8HETA." 

2.  This  Circle,  which  is  called  Tuat,  ^ .  is  entered 

through  a  door  with  tlie  name  of  Tes-aha-Tathenen, 

,  ,  ^  .        ^, , ,  and  in  it  are  seated  :- 


1/2  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

1.  The  imacre  of  Tefxet,    Jj'  i 

2.  The  image  of  Seb,  ^  I  "^  J  • 

3.  The  image  of  Xut,    j^ 


Each  of  these  is  seated  upon  an  mstrument  for  weaving. 
The    text   reads:    ^  Pfi  J"  |  1     ^    [^111 

^AA/y^    AAAAAA      i  n    AAAAAA 


I    I    I  n^^    I    O    III!    I    I 


2^1 


^«\AA^     AAAAA^ 


The  Circle  Tuat. 


1      I        I        I        ^ 

AA^vwv  <=:=>  ,  "  Those  who  are  in  tliis  picture  are 

A/VW\A    *~^— -*    U    A^AAAA 

"  [seated]  upon  tlieir  instruments  for  weaving,  which 
"  are  set  firndy  on  their  sand,  according  to  the  mystery 
"  which  Horus  made.  This  god  crieth  out  to  their 
"souls  in  whatsoever  regions  they  are,  and  there  are 


THE    EIGHTH    DIVISION — TEBAT-NETERU-S       1 73 


"  heard  the  voices  of  [those  wlio  are]  sliut  in  this  Circle 
"  which  are  like  the  sound  of  the  swathed  ones  [when] 
"  their  souls  cry  out  to  Ea.  The  name  of  this  Circle  is 
"  TUAT." 

3.  This  Circle,  which  is  called  As-xeteru,  uny  CT^l 

I     ,   is   entered   through   a   door  with   the   name   of 
I  III' 

Tes-akhem-baiu,    — h—     ®     (^^  I ,    and    in    it    are 
^'^^^^  / Jr^  r 

seated : — 


d-k 


f  / 


o 


IR^ 


,fe>  I  g  p;"^,  5^        rf-T  V'  ""^  ^  '^^   a  Nil  :^^ 

9  I 


The  Circle  As-neteni, 

1.  Tlie  imao'e  of  Osiris,  ^^  i   rv_  • 

2.  The  imao-e  of  Isis,  ^  I  [I . 

3.  The  image  of  HoRUS,    ^  1  ^^,  hawk-headed. 
Each  of  these  is  seated  as  l)efore.     The  text  reads 


-^^'  I    I   I 


I      WyV\AA     ,wv/^      J' fl     AAA/VNA 

I      I        II    ^^^         1        \>        III     I        II 


7;^^  /wv^^  q  I      Q    (^^ 


rvn  -<2::^2^    I 


^i_ 


TG 


11        I        I 


174 

(3  ■ 


Jj       I        I 

Zl      ^     ^ 


THE    BOOK    OF    AM-TUAT 
/)      ^     ^ 

"^ --*    O    AAAAAA 


I    /v^^yv^ 

1 1  I  I 


A/VSAAA 


,    Those  who  are  in  this  picture  are  [seated] 

"  upon  their  instruments  for  weaving,  which  are  set 
"  firmly  on  their  sand,  according  to  the  mystery  which 
"Horns  made.  This  god  crieth  out  to  their  souls  in 
"  whatsoever  regions  thev  are,  and  there  is  heard  the 


The  Circle  Aakebi. 

"sound  of  the  voices  of  [those  who  are]  shut  in  this 
"  Circle,  which  is  like  imto  the  sound  of  men  who 
"  lament  when  their  soids  cry  out  to  Ea.  The  name  of 
"  this  Circle  is  As-xeteru." 

4.  This    Circle,    which    is    called    Aakebi,    (1  "^^ 

Jjj  J  is  entered  through  a  door  with  the 

::3  rm    yw 


J1 


name    of    Tes-sheta-thehex-xeteuu, 
I  I  I ,  and  in  it  are  seated  : — 


"^>^ 


THE    EIGHTH    DIVISION — TEBAT-NETERU-S       I75 

1.  The  image  of  Ka-Amentet,  "^  LJ  ft,  bull-lieaded. 

2.  The   image   of   Ba-neteeu,  "^  „i.'<^  TIT,   ram- 

headed. 

0.  The    image   of    Eem-neteru,  ^^  i  ^^    |  i ,   ram- 
headed. 

Each  of  these  is  seated  as  before.     The  text  reads: 


I     n    «i^   I    I    '  ~^*~  i*""^  <©>  rrv 


/WV^AA       I        A      ^.     I      I       I       I     ,=^-^        I       \>      III 


-<2>-=]      I  D       C^^ 


/NAAAA^ 


%2  I  ^^^^^^  ^^_  ^]^  ^  I  I  I  I  FD 


m\l\f 


zl     ^     ^ 


AAAAAA 

I    1   M  -IT  -^^  -Zr  0  J[r  ^  ^=zn  <:z:=>  O  awwv 

^— -    AAA/VSN   ,C=jJj   ,C==J)  ^      I  I     _^^      [X^  ^ 

r-^^       LJ      I       II    II       I       ^  II       I       I    r-^-^    .J...    (T 


J     00    I^    ^www  <===>  ,  "  Those  who  are  in  this 

■^  11     I  I      AAAv'^^A     <^^ -^    O     AA/NAAA 

"  picture  are  [seated]  upon  their  instruments  for 
"  weaving,  which  are  set  firmly  on  their  sand,  according 
"  to  the  mystery  which  Horus  made.  This  god  crieth 
"  out  to  their  souls  in  whatsoever  regions  they  are, 
"and  there  is  heard  the  sound  of  tlie  voices  of  those 
"  who  are  shut  in  this  Circle,  which  is  like  unto  the 
"sounds  of  bulls  and  of  other  male  animals  when 
"  their  souls  cry  out  to  Ra.  The  name  of  this  Circle 
"  is  Aakebi." 

5.  This    Circle,   which    is    called    IS'ebt-semu-nifu, 

I  ^^  I  XZH  ,^  1 ,  is  entered  through  a  door  liaving 
o  '^^>^  1     T    O  I '  ^ 


176  THE    BOOK    OF    AM-TUAT 

the     name     of     Tens  -  sma  -  kekiu,     /vwwv   '   ^  'Y^  j 
^^— ^  ^  "T^j  ^^^^  ^^  ^^  ^^^  seated : — 

1.  The  image  of  Khatpj,  ^^    ^    (1  (J ,  ichneumon 


headed. 

2.  The  image  of  Affi,  ^  h  "^ 

headed. 

3.  The   image   of    Arj-AXB-Fi, 

ejnocephahis-headed. 


<S=ct,  animal- 


J^ 


W 


B  t i 


JsP^^f  lifers? 

f^ — 1      m     ,„  _,   „  „,_-_..„__^ 


The  Circle  Xebt-semu-nifu. 

Each  of  these  gods  is  seated  as  Ijefore.    The  text  reads : 

1        AAAAAA  I  A         A 


I 


I  I  .-"-^  1  \>  III 
1  I 


I  I  I 


"C3>   Cl)    /V\A/V\A 


I       A/VWVN  

1 1  II  ra 


I  fl  1    1    I 


/wwvs  -^:==>  _         ,  '■  Those  who  are  in  this  picture  are 


O 


THE    EIGHTH    DIVISION — TEBAT-NETERU-S      177 


"  [seated]  upon  their  instrunients  for  weaving,  which 
"  are  set  firmly  on  their  sand,  according  to  the  mystery 
"  which  Horns  made.  This  god  crieth  out  to  their 
"  souls  in  whatsoever  regions  they  are,  and  there  is 
"  heard  the  sound  of  the  voices  of  those  who  are  shut 
"  in  this  Circle,  which  is  like  unto  the  sound  of  those 
"  who  make  supplication  through  terror  when  their 
"  souls  cry  out  to  lia.  The  name  of  this  Circle  is 
"  Nebt-semu-nifu." 

6.  An    open    door,    called    Tes-     IT^^yJ^^i^^^^^^^-^^: 

KHAI15ITU-TUATIU,  T  T  I  ic  '^^ 

i ,  beyond  which  is  a  goddess. 

In  the  lower  register  are  also 
five  Circles,  and  an  open  door,  which 
may  Ije  thus  described : — • 

1.  This    Circle,    which    is    called 

HeTEPET  -  NEB  -  s,      c._a ^    I J 


i 


TTT  ff 

;  1 


Tlio  door  Tes-khaibitu- 
tuatiu. 


IS 


entered  through  a  door  having  the  name  of  Tet-se.m- 


EiniEN-TA, 


/-I — Si 


in  it  are  :- 


1.  A     goddess     standing     upright,     called     AMEiM(?), 


o<:=>< 


2.  The  serpent  Mehex-ta, 

3.  Three  arrows  lying  on  the  top  of   j[  j[  ;    these  are 

the  "arrows  of  lifi." 

N 


178  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

4.  A   luui-headed   god,   seated    on    [  [  ',    liis  uame   is 
Neb-PvEKIIIT,  <cr>  <^^  1 . 


The    text    reads :    ^^^  I   I   1 


□    ^ 


11 


AAAA/V\      ff— 

I    M  OH 


£t:£ 


^^^Krli 


I 


=^L=_  ^      I     ^       Mil 


1 


1 


U  /vvv\AA 

AA/WAA       I        I        I 


i  o  nil  I  1 


g||2.  y^^^^lgiS 


The  Circle  Hetepet-neb-: 


Jl 


V 


(=U) 


I    ^T*^ 

MM 
I    C^ 


G 


W. 


^  u 


cz=>  "^    ^  ,  "  Those  who  are  in  this  picture  are  [seated] 

'  Upon  their  instruments  for  weaving,  [which  are  set 
'■  hrmly  on  their  sand],  according  to  the  mystery  which 
'Horns,  the  heir,  the  young  [god]  made.  This  great 
•god  crieth  out  to  their  souls  after  he  hath  entered 
■into  this  City  of  the  gods  who  are  upon  their  sand, 
■and  when  this  god  crieth  out  to  them  in  tlie  two 
'Atekti  there  is  heard  tlie  somid  of  those  who  are 


THE    EIGHTH    DIVISION — TEBAT-NETERU-S      lyg 

"  shut  in  this  Circle,  which  is  like  unto  the  voices  of 
"  male  cats  when  they  cry  out  and  their  souls  cry  out 
"  to  Ka.     The  name  of  this  Circle  is  Hetepet-neb-s." 
2.  This   Circle,   which   is   called    Hetemet-khemiu, 

,  is  entered  through  a  door  having 

the  name  Tes-Ea-kheftiu-f,  — h— a  k^=:_ 

_  ■  ^^  O     I ^  w 

in  it  are : — 

1.  Nut,    ^   ,  bearded  and  man-headed. 
^    I' 


The  Circle  Hetemet-khemiu. 


2.  Ta,    ^  ,  bearded  and  man-headed. 


3S 


3.  Sebeq-hk 


a,(ij 


e=£=.     1' 


crocodile-headed. 


The   text   reads:  :^  PTl  1 

H H 

:>      1     O     III 

ni 


Til 


A/VWV\ 
1       I       I 


T-^^  1  o  III  ^=  -?^  %=2  I  /wwvN  ^^:;:i   ^  i  i  ii 


(3 


I    I    I   /=  i  ^    \\  I    11   1    II 


J) 


U 


I     Z]     ^  O 


:]i 


ra 


•     ' — '        AAAAA/ 


f 


AAA^^  -r        ^  r-Si^^      II       11 

I      [^£1 


i8o 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


A/VW\A 

O     I 


^^ 


^ 


A 


Those  who  are  in  this  picture  are  [seated]  upon  their 
instruments  for  weaving,  which  are  set  firmly  on  their 
sand,  according  to  the  mystery  which  Horus  made. 
This  god  crieth  out  to  their  souls,  in  whatsoever 
'  regions  they  are  in  the  two  Aterti,  and  there  is  heard 
the  sound  of  the  voices  of  those  who  are  shut  in  this 
Circle  which  is  like  unto  the  soimd  of  the  confused 
murmur  of  the  living  when  their  souls  cry  out  to  Ea. 
The  name  of  this  Circle  is  Hetemet-khemiu." 


1 

,^^ 

Mi 

L 

— .  —£=1^  .=jf^ — 1 ' ' 

Q 

^A 

1 

a     '  ojl 

D 


The  Circle  Hnp-semu-s. 

o.  This  Circle,  which  is  called  Hap-SEMU-S, 

t—     , H 

,  is  entered  through  a  door  having  the 

) 


name   of   Tes-sekhem-aeu,  ;;^k-  I  0  Y 

in  it  are  four  mummied  gods,  each  with  an  instrument 
for  weaving  in  front  of  him,  and  tlieir  names  are : — 

1.  Hebset,  IJ  P  ^  ^. 

— « —  ^ 

2.  Senket,  "^  Q. 


THE    EIGHTH    DIVISION — TEBAT-NETERU-S      l8l 

3.  Tebat,  ,=^^    8  "i^    "^  . 
4  Temtet,  i^  ^^. 

The   text   reads : 


D    Y 


ii 


III 


I    I    I  r-^^   I   O  III  z: 


□izi 


D 


I  /VVSA/V\ 

II  I       I 


(S 


ra 


:] 


rn 


zi 


o 


ll^ra 


'^'^'vwv   ci   \^    i;3 

MID 

^ 0 


II    I    I      ^ 

I       ( J     /VvWV\ 


© 


"> 


I       I       I 


Zl    ^  o 


I I     /V^WV\ 


"  Those  who  are  in  this  picture 


"  have  their  instruments  for  weaving  before  them,  and 
"  they  are  set  firmly  on  their  sand,  according  to  the 
"  mystery  which  Horus  made.  This  god  crieth  out  to 
"  their  souls,  in  whatsoever  regions  they  are  in  the  two 
"  Ateeti,  and  there  is  heard  the  sound  of  the  voices  of 
"  those  who  are  shut  in  this  Circle,  which  is  like  unto 
"  the  sound  of  the  voices  of  those  who  go  down  to  the 
"  l)attle-field  of  Nu  when  their  souls  cry  out  to  Ea. 
"  The  name  of  this  Circle  is  Hap-semu-s." 

4.  This    Circle,    which    is    called    Sehert  -  baiu  -  s. 


^ 


£^2 


I  I 
I 


I  cr=i 


is    entered    throuo-h    a 


door    havhig    the    name    of    Tes  -  sept  -  nesut, 

I 
I 
I 


P^AO^a 


in  it  are  four  mummied  tiods, 


l82 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


each  with  an  instrument  for  weaving  in  front  of  him, 
and  their  names  are : — 


1.  Keku, 


2.  Menhl 


Ffq, 


1 


3.  TCHEE-KHU, 

4.  KlIEBS-TA,  ®    J     I 


The  Circle  Seliert-baiu-s. 


The  text  reads  :;^m    ®    11  '     °     11 


I  I  I  I  ^^-^ 


'^'VVAA'V    /vw^W 


I   I   I  C3a  ■ 


zl     "^    ^     C 


tkS^^T  5  1 


_^s 


1 1 
I 
I 


^4.V 


^      <:i     ^ 


I       I       I         T H A    <^ >      '    i     '         _/X"^       I     I I     AA^WW    <^ >    O    N^N\N\ 

"  Those  who  are  in  this  picture  have  their  instruments 


THE    EIGHTH    DIVISION — TEBAT-NETERU-S      183 

■of  weaving  before  thein,  and  they  are  set  firmly  on 
•their  sand,  according  to  the  mystery  which  Horns 
•made.     This  god  crieth  ont  to  their  sonls  in  what- 

•  soever  regions  tliey  are  in  the  two  Aterti,  and  there 

•  is  heard  the  sonnd  of  voices  of  those  who  are  shut  in 

•  this  Circle,  which  is  like  unto  the  sound  of  the  cry  of 
'  the  Divine  Hawk  of  Horns  when  their  sonls  cry  out 
'  to  Ea.     The  name  of  this  Circle  is  8eiieet-baiu-s." 

5.  This   Circle,  which  is  called  Aat-setekau,  - — a 


i4C 


The  Circle  Aat-setekfiu. 


n    ^    "^  '^  II  '   '   ' '    ^^    entered    througli    a 


door 


havino;  the  name  of  Tes-kiiu, 


in   it   are   four  uraei,  each   of   which   rests   upon   its 
instrument  for  weaving,  and  their  names  are  :— 

1.  Aaket-akkii,  (1  <==>  Y. 

2.  PtErvIT-ANKII,  ^s  ^4^1' 


184  the  book  of  am-tuat 

3.  Neseut-ankhet,  ^-\  -¥- 

4.  Septat-ankh,  -V-  1 


O 


The   text   reads : 


I     AArWVV       I       I  I     I     I       I        I 


HC 


r-^^     I     O     III   I     I      I 


\\y^\ 


i  I  I  T  o  I 


^  o  I  I  I  1  -n-  ^ 


J\ 


I  I  I 


o 


[^^  11  1  11  ^ 
I  cm]  ^  ^  ci 
I  ;^;;;^^  <=:=>  O  wwv^' 
Those  who  are  in  tliis  picture  are 
[seated]  on  their  instruments  of 
weaA'ing,  and  they  are  set  firmly 
on  their  sand.  This  god  erieth 
out  to  them  in  whatsoever 
regions  they  are,  and  they  shed 
"light  Ly  means  of  their  radiance  [which  cometh] 
"  from  the  depth  of  their  mouths,  but  they  do  not 
"  come  forth  from  their  Circle ;  and  there  is  heard 
"  the  sound  of  the  voices  of  those  who  are  shut  in 
"  this  Circle  which  is  like  unto  the  twittering  of  the 
"  whole  of  the  birds  of  a  nest  of  water-fowl  when 
"  they  cry  out  to  Ea.  Tlio  name  of  this  Circle  is 
"  Aat-setekau." 


The  door  Tes-amom-mit- 
em-sheta-f. 


THE    EIGHTH    DIVISION — TEBAT-NETERU-S      185 

6.  A    door   called   Tes-amem-mit-em-sheta-f,    — »— 

o  /  \./ 

r~^;n         .     Beyond  it  is  a 

figure  of  the  god  Nu,  000,  who  appears  to  he  over 

the  "chamber  of  destruction,"  -^^^ . 


(     i86     ) 


CHAPTER   IX. 

THE   NINTH  DIVISION  OF  THE   TUAT,  WHICH 
IS  CALLED  BEST-ARIJ-ANKHET-KHEPERIT. 

Haying  passed  through  the  Eighth  Division  of  tlie 
Tuat,  the  boat  of  the  sun  arrives  at  the  Ninth 
Division,  which  is  passed  through  hy  the  sun  during 
the  Ninth  Hour  of  the  night.  The  opening  text 
reads : — 


D 


^ 


D       <y>      ^    <=>'n        ^      ^      ^    — n  fv        q    S\ 

< ^   '^  I    /W\NV^        '7(.  rP\^  /WVW\    '^  I    <WW\A        z4  _Z1  I     \ — I 

^        .     ^    ■   /www    /wwv\    [J    H[-  Aw/v^    ^^i:^      k\    ^         ^ 


I     /VWW\    KKTC^^    AAAAAA y 


A'WvA/\      i.  n 


>k 


•  O 


Tliis  great  god  taketh  up  his  place  in  this  Circle, 


NINTH    DIVISION — BEST-ARU-ANKHET-KHEPERU  187 

"  and  he  addresseth  words  from  his  boat  to  those  who 
"are  in  it.  The  divine  sailors  join  the  boat  of  this 
"  great  god  in  this  City.  The  name  of  the  gate  of  this 
"  City  through  which  this  god  entereth  and  taketh  up 
"  his  place  on  the  stream  which  is  in  this  City  is  Saa- 
"  EM-KEB ;  the  name  of  this  City  is  Best-aru-ankhet- 
"  KHEPERU ;  the  name  of  the  Hour  of  the  night  which 
"  guideth  this  great  god  is  Tuatet-maketet-en-neb-s." 
The  line  of  text  which  runs  above  the  upper  register 
reads : — - 


=>  O     ^        ^      I'   [^^^  ^   D 


^  w 


II  (Q,  .6.  c.  c> a  A  r"^  r-^-^  u, 

Jill    f^^^  CTZ]   1  ^  ^      ^ 


1¥ 


/^^.^^^^/^    A/W\AA^^W  ■  ■  ■  ^         H AAftAAA 

I      I      II      Ilii   I      1       S  r-^-^       ^       I      I     I   I      I     I 

^    ^^^=:^[r3i  I   y^    ^=  II   I    I    ^ 


"The  hidden  Circle  of  Amentet,  through  whicli  this 
"great  god  travelleth  and  taketh  up  his  place  in  the 
"  Tuat.  If  these  things  be  made  with  their  names 
"  after  the  manner  of  this  figure  which  is  depicted  at 
"  the  east  of  the  hidden  house  of  the  Tuat,  and  if  a 
"man  knoweth  their  names  whilst  he  is  upon  earth, 
"  and  knoweth  their  places  in  Amenti,  [he  sluiU  attain 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


"  to]  his  own  place  in  the  Tuat,  and  he  shall  stand  up 
"  in  all  places  which  belong  to  the  gods  whose  voices 
"  (or,  w^ords)  are  madt,  even  as  the  divine  sovereign 
"  chiefs  (tchatcha)  of  Ra,  and  the  mighty  ones  of  the 
"palace  (Pharaohs?),  and  [this  knowledge]  shall  be  of 
"  benefit  to  him  upon  earth." 

In  the  middle  register  are: — 

1.  The  boat  of  tlie  sun,  with  the  god  Afu  standing 
under  a  canopy  formed  by  the  serpent  Mehen. 


The  Boat  of  Afu,  the  deail  Sun-god,  in  the  Xinth  Hour. 

2.  The  Twelve  Sailors  of  Efi,  each  of  whom  stands 
upright,  and  liolds  a  paddle  in  his  hands ;  their  names 
are : — 


1.  Khennu,\^|.      , i.e., "the sailor "parrareZ/t'Hrc. 

2.  Akiiem-sek-f, 

3.  Akhem-urt-f, 


^^1 


NINTH    DIVISION — BEST-ARU-ANKHET-KHEPERU  189 


Khennu.  Akliem-sek-f.  Akliem-urt-f.  Akhem-hemi-f. 


Akhem-hcp-f.  Alihem-kheuies-f.        Kheu-unnut-f.  Hepti-ta-f. 


Hetep-uaa, 


Neter-ncteru.  Tcha-Tuat. 


Tepi. 


igO  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

4.  Akhem-hemi-f,  (1  0  1\   \;^  1^1^  -^ 

D 


5.  Akhem-hep-f,  (|  ^ 

6.  Akhem-kiiemes-f, 

7.  Khen-u^'xut-f, 


-75- 


^^   ^ 


/www 

0  ^ 


8.  Hepti-ta-f,  g  ^°    a 


9.  Hetep-uaa, 


10.  ISTetepv-xeteku,    I   I  I . 

11.  tcha-tuat, 

12.  Tepi,  '^ 

0 

The  text  which  refers  to  tlicse  reads : 


a     L)  A/vvv^^ 

'=^  I    AWVAA      1111     ^      D 


^^-(^(111 


D 


AAVV\\ 


cO] 


.A.      n  i::^    ^  □     ci 


tJ 


-^  D 


^^UJ 


^    F=q    -=>    III  D  _M^  [irz]    t) 


J]    ©     ^ 


01^1 


NINTH   DIVISION — BEST-ARU-ANKHET-KHEPERU  IQI 


V 


o 


J\ 


<--— ~>  AAA/\AA 
fJV./\Ar\    AAAAAA 


A^AA'^A     A^WAA 


AAw'VAyVy 
/VNAAyVv 

I        I        I 


O 


AAAAAA 
A/vAAAA 


J]  • 


)    I 


3O      I 


"This 


"great  god  joiuetli  those  who  will  transport  hiiii 
"  through  this  City,  and  his  sailors  join  his  boat 
"  wherein  he  is  in  his  hidden  form  of  Mehen.  This 
"great  god  addresseth  words  to  the  gods  who  dwell 
"  in  this  City,  that  is  to  say,  to  the  gods  who  are  the 
"sailors  of  the  boat  of  Ea  and  to  those  who  will 
"  transport  [him]  through  the  horizon  so  that  he  may 
"  take  up  his  position  in  the  eastern  Hall  of  heaven. 
"Their  work  in  the  Tuat  is  to  transport  Ka  through 
"  this  City  every  day,  and  they  take  their  stand  by  tlie 
"stream  in  this  City  whereon  [saileth]  the  boat,  and 
"it  is  they  who  give  water  with  their  paddles  to  the 
"  spirits  who  are  in  this  City,  and  they  sing  hyunis  to 
"the  Lord  of  the  Disk,  and  they  make  to  arise  [his] 
"Soul  in  his  forms  by  means  of  their  hidden  words 
"  every  day." 

3.  A   bearded,   man-headed   hawk,  wearing   plumes 
and  horns  on  his  head,  seated  on  a  basket  or  bowl ;  his 

name  is  MuTi-KiiEXTi-'ruAT,  ^^  ^      rflk  ^      ^^. 

4.  The  ram-god  ISTESTl-KiiENTi-'ruAT,  couchant  on  a 
basket  or  bowl. 


192  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

5.  The  cow-goddess  Nebt-au-khenti-Tuat,  Ji 

°  ^      III 

(tiller^- 

6.  A  Leaided  god,  in  mmuniied  form,  called  Hetepet- 

NETEK,  (^3)^  3,    or   HeTEPET-NETERU,         „  ,,    ,!,,,• 

I    I    I     I  ^'                                                     r^    D  11     I     I  III 


t. A 


11,"        III    AVAWA   li &    ,      .  V 

AwvsAM      nai      III 


HAwvsAM      (jnj      111 

l/VVSV/t  — — II— .      0     -,     0 


AVVVSV/1  — — !■— .      w    ^ 

I    I   I 


ife  + " 


Muti-khenti-Tuat. 


The    text    which    refers    to    these    reads : 


D 


111 


^=0= 


D    D 


■^J-J^^     1       1       I 
^111 


/^e« 


10 


NINTH    DIVISION — BEST-ARU-ANKHET-KHEPERU    I93 


/I  "^fc^  F!^ 


Ill 


r 


8 


Nesti-khenti-Tuat. 


MA-r-tl'^'  ^ 


194 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


^ 


mi 


"  Those  who  are  in  this  picture  in  this 


"  City  are  they  who  give  offerings  of  food  to  the  gods 
"  who  are  in  the  Tuat ;  Ra  decreeth  for  them  loaves  of 
"  bread  and  vessels  of  beer,  and  the  gods  journey  on  in 
"  the  following  of  this  great  god  to  the  Eastern  horizon 
"  of  the  sky,  with  Hetep-neteru-Tuat  [also]  following 
"  him." 

In  the  upper  register  are : — 

1.  Twelve  gods,  each  of  whom  is  seated  upon  the 
symbol  of  linen  swathings ;  their  names  are : — 


1.  Neha-ta, 


ra 


r^^^    I  I 


2.  Teba,ci^  J^|. 

3.  Maati  (or,  Ariti) 

4.  Menkhet, 

5.  Hebs,  IJ  ^^  ^. 

6.  Nebti, 

7.  Asti-xeter,  jj  "^  ^'^  "1 . 


Y- 


8.   ASTI-PAUT 


■J 


w© 
9.  Hetemet-khu,  K  [1  ^ 


Neha-ta. 


Teba. 


Maati. 


Menkhet, 


Hebs. 


Nebti, 


Asti-neter.  Asti-paut. 


D       AAAM/VWi     AVUWrt 


Hetemet-khu.        •  Neb-Pat. 


Temtu. 


Men-5. 


196 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


10.  Neb-Pat,    d        i 


11.  Temtu,  <r-=^  ^" 

12.  Men-a,  ^^ 


C^ 


The  text  which  refers  to  these  reads :  ^^^  '^"'^^^^  "^ 


D 


11 


A/vvv^^ 
I    I      I      I 


1    AAAAAA    '^^—^         1    • 
I     I       I 


^ 


Nv\rv\r.  ^^ 

MM     s  Jy 


£55 


/w\r^\  III©         I 


11 


I      I        I       I 


^ 


AAA/V\^ 
AAA^W.    I        I        I 

I I  q 


I    ^ 


^—0    I    g         >    .<S>-    I    -<2>- 

llililUj'      ^  I       I       I        I        I       /^^AA^^      I  JI 


I     I     I 

A/V\AAA 


o 


iSi-^ll 


D 

AAAA^^ 


O 


il 


D 


O        I  ..<S>-     ^^111  A^/vv^A  _cr^ 


I    "^ 
i       I 


^ ^^  d  til '  "  Those  who  are  in  this  picture  in 

"  the  Tnat  are  seated  firmly  on  their  instruments  for 
"  weaving,  and  they  are  in  the  form  of  the  figures 
"  which  Horus  made.     Ea  saith  to  them : — 0  ye  who 


NINTH    DIVISION — BEST-ARU-ANKHET-KHEPERU  I97 


are  swathed  in  your  holy  swathings,  who  are  arrayed 
ill  your  garments,  whom  Horus  covered  up  when  he 
hid  his  father  in  the  Tuat,  which  concealeth  the  gods, 
uncover  ye  your  heads,  0  ye  gods,  unveil  ye  your 
faces,  and  perform  ye  the  things  which  must  be  done 
for  Osiris  !  Ascribe  ye  praise  to  the  lord  of  Amentet, 
and  make  ye  your  word  madt  against  his  enemies 
every  day.     These  beings  are  the  tchatcha  (i.e.,  divine 

■  sovereign  chiefs)  of  this  god,  and  they  avenge  by  their 

■  words  Osiris  each  day :  and  the  work  which  they  do 

■  in  the  Tuat  is  to  overthrow  the  enemies  of  Osiris." 

2.  Twelve  goddesses,  whose  names  are : — 


r-vn 


1.  Perit 

2.  Shemat-khu, 

3.  Nebt-shat,  ^""^ 

id 

4.  Nebt-shefsheft, 

5.  Aat-aatet, 

6.  Nebt-setau, 

7.  Hent-nut-s,  9 

8.  Nebt-mat, 


^  I  I  r 


^  I 


9.  1  esert-ant,  — »—  (J 


r^/^^ 


"igS  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

10.  Aat-khu,  I^  ^  '^  ^  ^  In* 

11.  Sekhet-metu,  Y  ^  1   y^  1  • 

12.  Netert-en-khentet-Ea,    |  <r:> 

I    ^    / 


0 


The  text  which  refers  to  these  reads :  7^;^  '"'^'"'^ 


D 


:i 


^ 


I  I  I 


^ 


£52 


A 


m^\\. 


I       I        I 


■^^ 


AA/y^^ 


J\ 


I  I  I 


a 


i< 


J^ 


r-^^~i 


I      A/^W\A 

MM 


I       I       I 


Ji 


s- 


^^ 


o 


f  1  -^  1 1 1  LizD  w  ^  ra 

"  Those  who  are  in  this  picture  with  their  bodies  of  the 
"  Tuat  are  they  who  are  in  the  forms  which  Horus 
"  made.  This  great  god  crieth  out  to  them  after  he 
"  hath  arrived  at  the  place  where  they  are,  and  they 
"  come  to  life  and  they  hear  [his]  voice.  Their  work 
"  in  the  Tuat  is  to  raise  the  praises  of  Osiris,  and  to 
"  embrace  the  hidden  St)ul  by  means  of  their  words, 
"and  to  bring  life  and  strength  to  the  risings  of  the 
"god  of  the  Tuat  [in  whatsoever  regions  they  are],  and 
"  they  utter  words  on  [his  behalf]  in  the  chamber  each 
"day." 


MM 


ca         /www\rt 


■k^^/) 


•OAeA     B 


Perit.  Shemat-khu.  Nebt-shat.  Nebt-shefsheft. 


Ml 


& 


J     I     O   —i^ 


:    G 


A 


Aat-aatet. 


Nebt-setau.  Hent-nut-s. 


Nebt-mat. 


Teserl-ant. 


Aat-khu. 


Sekhet-motu.       Nelcrt-cn-kheutot-Ra. 


20O  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

In  the  lower  register  are : — 

1.  Twelve   uraei,  which   are   mounted   each   on   its 
instrument  for  weaving,  and  each  pours  forth  fire  from 
its  mouth  ;  their  names  are : — 
1 

2.  Tekait,  l  j 


4.  Khut-Tuat,  ,^.    ^    ^^. 


A^W\AA 


5.  Tertneshek,  <=>  rm 

'^  M\N\N\    1       I       I 


6.  Ap-shet,  \/  ^^. 

C30  I    I    I 

8.  Shex-ten-amm, 


10.  Aat-ai;u,  — _i]    "^    % 

11.  Nebt-uauau,  ^  f]  ^  f]  ^  fi  j  • 

12.  Nebt-rekeh,  P 


I 

Above  the  uraei  is  a  mutilated  line  of  text,  which, 
according  to  IMaspero's   restoration,  reads:  a^vva  ^  i 

]s.iP[T]:[uaiT]iS^rf 


NINTH    DIVISION — BEST-ARU-ANKHET-KHEPERU    201 


Tekait. 


Khut-Tuat. 


m-  -*r 


c»?  1  A  '"T'l 


Tertneshen. 


Ap-shet. 


Xnkhet. 


Shen-ten-amm. 


i-.^-ffiW.^i 


Aat-aru.  Kcbt-uauau.  Ncbt-Eekcl.i. 


202 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


k. 


W 


I  I  I 


Mn 


D    D 


=1  ^    D     f"^  ^,^^1  ^  « rpj^g   names 

'  of  the  uraei  who  kindle  fires  for  the  god  who  is  the 
'  governor  of  the  Tuat  hy  means  of  the  fire  which  is  in 
'  their  Tnouths.  They  swallow  their  flames  after  this 
'  god  hath  passed  by  them."     The  text  which  refers  to 


them  reads : 


AAAAAA 


k^l 


^ 


mM  ^  nri  H  '^ 


mw.  ^ 


i 


imJl  I  D  I  I  1 1  I  I 


%%% 


M 


^ 


i< 


I        I        I 


'if 
1%^  ^ 


mf:n 


AAAAA', 
I        I        I 


■*-©     I  - — a 

I        I    AAA/VA/v     D        ^ 


o 


.^ 


I        I 


^^2P 


^ 


J  I  I    I    I  ^^unr 


f\M 


M. 


"  Those  who  are  in  this  picture  [are]  in  the  Tiiat  [and 
"  they  have  bodies  of  fire],  and  it  is  they  who  lighten 
"  the  darkness  in  the  Tuat  for  [Osiris]  ...  by  means 
"  of  the  flames  of  fire  which  come  forth  from  their 
"  mouths,  [and  it  is  they  who  bring  about  the  destruc- 


NINTH    DIVISION — BEST-ARU-ANKHET-KHEPERU    203 

"  tioii  of]  those  who  are  overthrown  in  the  Tuat.  It  is 
"  they  who  drive  back  the  serpents  of  every  kind  which 
"  are  on  the  ground,  and  whicli  are  unknown  in  their 
"  forms  to  the  god  of  the  Tuat.  They  make  themselves 
"  to  live  by  means  of  the  blood  of  those  whom  they  hack 
"  to  pieces  each  day  [when]  those  advance  who  endow 
"  with  magical  power  the  dead  by  the  mystery  of  their 
"  formulae.  Those  who  know  this  shall  see  their  magical 
"  formulae,  and  shall  not  pass  through  their  flames." 

2.  Nine  bearded  gods,  who  stand  upright ;  each  holds 
the  symbol  of  "  life  "  in  his  right  hand,  and  a  staff,  the 
upper  portion  of  which  is  in  the  form  of  a  wrigglmg 
snake,  in  the  left  hand.  These  gods  are  imder  the 
direction  of  a  god  in  mummied  form,  whose  name,  or 

description,   is    Heeu-her-she-tuati,    NA^    ^    ciszi 

-Jc  "vX  ,  i.e.,  "  Horus  who  is  over  the  lakes  in  the 

^  _^  III' 

Tuat."     The  names  of  the  nine  gods  are : — 

l.SEK„X,ll||V^(«.||||||). 

3.  Nehebeti,  -^^  9    J 

4.  TCAMrx,,  2^  ^ 

5.  Neb-aatti,  ^^z^  (1  ^ 
G.  Heq-neteuu-f,  I  ^   I  Jj 


w 


1 1 1 


204 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


NINTH    DIVISION— BEST-ARU-ANKHET-KHEPERU    205 


206 

D 

7.  Pan-afj, 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


/vAAAAA 


8.  Teser-ari,  ^^  H  [j 

9.  AllA-SEKHET,  . 


(       207       ) 


CHAPTER  X. 

THE   TENTH  DIVISION  OF  THE  TUAT,  WHICH 
IS  CALLED  METET-QA-UTCHEBU. 

Having  passed  through  the  Ninth  Division  of  the 
Tuat,  the  boat  of  the  sun  arrives  at  the  Tenth  Division, 
which  is  passed  through  by  the  sun  during  the  Tenth 
Hour  of  the  night.     The  opening  text  reads : — 


i      U     AAAA/NA       i      AV\AAA     '      '"^      '      ^ ^       I I     AAAAAA     A     47*     A/VVWS  I      i — i       I 

D     _ll  U  I  III  I     U  1    ^    "nmmr  ^^^  A^^  .M^     '=>       I  I \ 


AAAAAA 


AAA/V« 


"This  great  god  taketh  up  his  place  in  this  Circle, 
"  and  he  uttereth  words  to  the  eods  who  dwell  therein. 


208 


THE    BOOK    OF    AM-TUAT 


"  The  name  of  the  door  of  this  City  through  which  this 
"  great  god  entereth  is  Aa-kherpu-mes-aeu.  The  name 
"  of  this  City  is  Metet-qa-utchebu.  The  name  of  the 
"  hour  of  the  night  which  guideth  this  great  god  to 
"the  hidden  paths  of  this  City  is  Tentenit-uheset- 

"  KHAK-ABU." 

In  the  middle  register  are : — 

1.  The  boat  of  the  sun,  in  which  the  god  stands 
under  a  canopy  formed   by  the   serpent   Mehen ;    he 


The  Boat  of  Af,  the  dead  Suu-god,  in  the  Tenth  Hour. 

holds   the   symbol  of   life   in  his   right   hand,  and   a 
serpent,  which  serves  as  a  sceptre,  in  his  left. 

2.  A   large   two-headed   serpent  called  Thes-heau, 


^ 


I ,  which  is  depicted  in  the  form  of  a  pair  of 


horns  deeply  curved  towards  the  ends  where  they 
meet.  The  head  which  faces  to  the  right  has  on  it  a 
White  Crown,  and  is  directly  opposite  to  the  face  of  a 
goddess,  who  also  wears  a  White  Crown,  and  is  called 


THE   TENTH    DIVISION — METET-QA-UTCHEBU    209 


Hert-eement, 


and  the  head  which  faces  the 


left  has  on  it  a  Eed  Crown,  and  is  directly  opposite  to 
the  face  of  a  o;oddess,  who  also  wears  a  Eed  Crown 

and  is  called  Shemerti,  |  |  ,  i.e.,  "  She  of  the  two  bows. 

The  serpent  is  provided  with  two  pairs  of  legs ;  one 
pair  is  turned  to  the  right  and  the  other  U)  the  left 


Shemerti.  The  serpent  Thes-hnVu.  Hert-erment. 

Within  the  curve  is  a  large  hawk,  which  Ijears  the 

name  of  Heru-khenti,  1;=^  rjTk. 

3.  A  hoat,  wherein  lies  at  full  length  the  serpent 

Ankii-ta,  -f-     '    . 
lis 


Or,  Khent-Heru,  wl)icli  became  oue  of  the  Dekaiis  a,nioiig  the 
Gi'ecks,  i.e.,  x<"''''«p;  sec  Maspero,  op.  cit.,  p.  127. 


210 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


J 


.rt 


Sc-  -i  t^-— 


B 


The  serpcui  Aukh-ta. 

4.  Four  male  figures,  each  of  which  has  a  disk,  0, 
in  place  of  a  head ;  each  grasps  in  his  right  hand  an 
arrow,  with  a  spear-shaped  head,  which  rests  on  his 
shoulder,  and  is  pointed  downwards ;  their  names 
are : — 

1.  TEl'THld,  ^ '^.         3.  Te.mau,  ^  %^. 


2.  Sheseha,  ^^^^  ^.         4.  Utu,  ^  e^  ^ . 

5.  Four    hearded,    liunian-headed    figures,    each    of 
which  lias  in  his  right  hand  a  short  spear,  whicli  rests 


lT^ 


Tepthra. 


Shesera. 


Temau. 


Utu. 


THE    TENTH    DIVISION METET-QA-UTCHEBU    211 

on  his  shoulder,  and  is  pointed  upwards;  their  names 


are: 


1.  Setu, 

2.  Ektau, 


3.  Khesefu,    t     v\  . 

4.  Sekennu,  ^:iz^  Q  . 


Setu. 


Khesefu. 


Sekennu. 


Pettki.  Shemerthi. 


Kha-a. 


6.  Four  bearded,  human-headed  figures,  each  grasping 
with  both  hands  a  bow,  which  he  holds  above  his  knees ; 
their  names  are : — 


1.  rETTHi, 


D 


2.    SlIEMERTIII, 


?K  TiiEsu,  ^*°^  %  ; 


4.  Kha-a,  ^;1^ 


212  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

The  texts  which  refer  to  the  above  read: — 1.    i^ 


J\ 


1 


D 

A/VAftAA 


D 


ni^l 


I  Y 


AA/WV\ 

I    I    I 


^n 


AAA/VW 


I 
1     I 


\  I      AA/^AA\ 


j  ^  I,  "This  great  god  maketh  his  joimiey  through 

"  this  City,  in  this  picture,  in  his  boat,  and  his  sailors, 
"  who  are  the  gods,  convey  him  along ;  this  [great]  god 
"  taketh  up  his  place  in  this  City  in  the  water,  where- 
"  upon  those  who  live  in  the  water  make  use  of  their 
"  weapons,  and  they  spring  into  life  at  the  sound  of  the 
"  working  of  the  sailors,  who  are  gods,  [in  the  boat  of  Ea]." 


A/VWW. 


D 


,<-r-~^   C=<x>=3   (Q) 


I       I 


°\^''i 


AA/\AAA        1^ 

^  \\  X 


Jl 


1 


C<2] 


cr^  A  J^ 


so 


Those   wlio    are   in   this 


"  picture  are  they  wdio  are  on  the  two  sides  of  Thes-hrau, 
"  who  is  the  son  of  Sekpj,  the  governor  of  the  Tuat. 
"  This  figure  (i.e.,  the  serpent)  even  in  the  form  in  which 
"  it  is,  travelleth  after  this  great  god  into  its  horizon, 


THE   TENTH    DIVISION — METET-QA-UTCHEBU    213 

"  and  it  entereth  in  with  him  in  the  earth  every  day." 


P 


I.    D 

I      A/UWV\ 


u 


J\ 


^  a 


AA/WV\ 


(fHi 


"  He  who   is   in   this   picture  in  his   hoat 

"  standeth  up  in  the  thick  darkness  in  the  Hall  of  the 
"  Eastern  Horizon,  and  he  taketh  up  his  position  in 
"  his  place  every  day ;  he  formeth  the  serpent  watcher 
"of  the  Tuat  in  the  holy  place  of  Khenti-Amenti." 


D    /i\  ^  tk  ^-^  ;:;r;  m 


JJ-^ 


I       1       C^i       \^      I       AAAA/A 


[-]  AAAAAA 


' '      7|\        \      AAftAAA  (J 


A/V\AAA 


I       I       I     I       I       I 


^^ 


AAAAAA 
I       I       I 


[^^ 


V^       LTU    C^    ^^.^     V8>      |\    ®   ^  Mfi         ^)\^  11 


Q-Q.^ 


214  THE    BOOK    OF   AM-TUAT 

I        I        1    !  d?       Jl       I      W  J\  I     /WWVA    r-^^    i^     <=:^ 


^^ 


"To  those  who  are  in  this  picture  with  their  arrows, 
"and  to  those  with  javelins,  and  to  those  with  their 
"  bows,  who  are  in  the  presence  of  this  great  god,  and 
"  who  make  their  appearance  with  him  in  the  Eastern 
"  Horizon  of  the  sky,  this  great  god  saith : — Speed  ye 
"  your  arrows,  make  ready  your  javelins,  bend  your 
"  bows,  and  destroy  ye  for  me  my  enemies  who  are  in 
"  darkness ;  be  ye  at  the  portal  of  your  horizon,  and 
"  follow  ye  in  my  train  when  I  unite  myself  to  those 
"  who  make  adoration  to  my  flesh  in  the  Mantit  Boat. 
"  It  is  they  who  drive  l)ack  the  Sebi  serpent  of 
"  Neha-hra  in  the  thick  darkness,  and  when  this 
"  great  god  passeth  on  into  the  Eastern  Hall  of  the 
"  horizon,  they  also  travel  on  in  the  train  of  this  god." 
Over  the  upper  register  runs  a  line  of  text,  which  reads : 

D 


O     I 


I 

I   '    •  ••    ■  A^AAA^ 


^  w 


THE   TENTH    DIVISION — METET-QA-UTCHEBU    215 


V\\        aaA/v\a 


Ji 


_t_   -"^   "^^1^3^,  "[Tliis  i«]   the  hidden 

"  Circle  of  ximentet,  where  Kiieper  imiteth  himself  to 
"  the  form  of  Ea,  and  where  tlie  gods,  and  the  spirits, 
"  and  the  dead  hasten  (?)  in  the  hidden  forms  of  AKEirr. 
"  If  a  copy  of  these  things  be  made  according  to  the 
"  figures  which  are  depicted  on  the  east  of  the  hidden 
"chamber  of  the  Tuat,  and  if  [a  man]  knoweth  it, 
"together  with  the  names  [of  the  gods],  he  shall 
"  journey  round  about  and  shall  pass  through  the  Tuat, 
and  he  shall  not  be  turned  Imck  from  making  himself 
'  a  companion  of  Ra." 

In  the  upper  register  are : — 

1.  The  god  Paxkhi,  D  ~^  flfl,  who  holds  -¥■  in  his 
right  hand,  and  t  in  his  left. 

2.  A  beetle,  called  Kheper-ankii,  ®  ^  ■¥-,  apparently 

pushing  along  a  zone  of  sand,  <=>,  or  perhaps  entering 
the  horizon.  The  text  whicli  refers  to  these  scenes  reads : 
1      D     ^ 

I      AAAAAA       ' 


I       I       I 


I      ,,,     , 

I      III     I        III 


C^   S\G  =^—  cziD    ©      ^     g^  ^    ^-^  rO]  4   n  ^ 
P5  ^  ^'  ^-    <=>  ^    I  <=^  ^  j^  _M^  j\  ^  n  I  -Jl  ^ 

t .  D  ^^  "Those  who  are  in  this  picture  in  tlie  Tuat 


A/vvvv\ 


are  in  the  forms  of  (i.e.,  they  represent)  the  births  of 
the  god  Kheper,  wlio  is  carrying  his  horizon  to  this 


2l6 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


"  City,  SO  that  he  may  come  forth  into  the  Eastern 
"  Horizon  of  the  sky." 

3.  Two  serpents,  standing  on  their  tails,  wliich  cross 
each  other  near  their  tips.  Their  heads  and  necks  are 
bent  at  right  angles  to  their  bodies,  and  in  the  space 
between  them  rests  a  disk ;    the  serpents  are  called 


P-riiikhi. 


Kheper-aiikli. 


Menbnui,  ^>    11  V^  \\.     To  tlip  right  is  a  youthful 

goddess  wearing  a  White  Crown,  and  to  the  left  is  a 
similar  goddess  wearing  a  Eed  Crown ;  each  holds  the 
index  finger  of  one  hand  to  her  mouth,  after  the 
manner  of  children,  and  each  is  depicted  in  the  act  of 
sitting,  but  lacks  a  seat  or  throne. 


o 

i 


^7  /AAAA(WV\         I 


1'he  Menenui  serpents  and  the  goddesses  of  the  South  and  North. 


'"  '    ■    '      ^       '       Tt^i 


I    I    t  *^  ^=^  JIM    -  I  J    t  ^11     ^ 


The  axe  of  god  and  the  solar  disk 


2l8 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


4.  All  axe,  symbol  of  "  god,"  standing  on  the  handle 
end,  with  a  disk  resting  on  the  side  edge  of  the  head. 
On  the  left  is  a  goddess  who  is  steadying  the  axe 
with  her  left  hand,  and  on  the  right  is  a  goddess 
who  is  steadying  the  disk  w  ith  her  right  hand ;   the 

names  of  the  goddesses  are  ISTetheth,  f=^,  and  Kexat, 

(1  ^   j  J  respectively.     Each  goddess  is  depicted  in 

the  act  of  sitting,  but  lacks  a  seat  or  throne.     The  text 


which  refers  to  these  scenes  reads 


pi     D    *   J 
1- 


J\ 


AA/\AAA 

w 


I  I      s 


^o" 


M 


1  M    I 


ji     I 


I      D 


9 


V 


!  J 


Of  those  who  are  in  this  picture  [the  two  goddesses 
'  on]  the  left  come  forth  from  the  double  serpent 
Manenui,  and  [the  two]  on  the  right  come  forth  from 
the  axe  Setfit.  They  gather  together  the  souls  on 
earth,  and  they  make  pure  tlie  mighty  spirits  in  the 
Tuat  by  the  hidden  figures  which  are  therein,  and 
[afterwards]  they  swallow  their  own  spirits  (or,  souls) 
after  this  great  god  hath  passed  them  by." 

5.  Eight  goddesses,  who  stand  upright,  and  hold  ■¥■ 


THE    TENTH    DIVISION — METET-QA-UTCHEBU    219 

ill  their  right  hands,  and  j  in  their  left ;  they  face  tlie 

ape  god,  whose  tail  is  stiftened  out  under  him  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  form  a  seat  for  hiin,  and  who  holds  the 
utchat,  or  eye  of  the  sun,  on  his  two  hands.  The  first 
four  of  the  goddesses  have  each  the  head  of  a  lioness 
and  are  called : — 


1.  Sekhet 


■?- 


2.  Menkert, 


lllmnit 


^l  \:^  '"  B 


Sekhet. 


Menkert. 


Huntheth. 


Usrit. 


3.  Huntheth,  |  -^ 

4.  Usrit,  I  (](]<=.. 

The  remaining  four  have  the  heads  of  women,  and  have 
the  names  of : — 

1.  Abet-neteru-s,  \^'^    I  ' 

2.  Arit-Tatiieth, 


220 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

a a 


o.  Ahat, 


4.  Themath-eemen  (?),      «, 

The    name    of    the    ape-god    is    Af(?)-ermen-maat-f, 
\      O        Concernina;  the  goddesses  the  text   says: 


D   ^  ^x 


AAA/VW       P5 


-<2>- 


^  o 


1 


o 


AAAA/V\ 


Jff^  1  111  i 


Abet-neteni-s. 


Arit-Tatheth 


O 


/S/WAAA     AA/VNAA 


s^^lv^ 


:^    Dl     1 


^f]' 


rm 


I      I 


■  »^  llllllllll      o 

AAAAAA    /VWWN    *^-i=:* — 
O         -*-,=i=f=Dl       I        I®      "^ 


J]    o 


I        I 


o^'9   i^nnn^^D 


^fl 


I   I  ^5^  <=:^  11  III     ^ 


1      1(^13=1  I 


%^ 


® 


Pi 


o 


To   tliese  goddesses   who   make   the 


THE    TENTH    DIVISION — METET-QA-UTCHEBU    221 

reckoning  of  his  Eye  for  Horus  in  the  Tuat,  Ea  saith : — 
' '  Make  ye  strong   your   spirits   by  means   of  [your] 

■  strength,  and  make  the  reckoning  of  his  Eye  for  Horus, 

■  stablish  ye  his  Eye  for  Horus,  and  make  ye  Horus  to 

■  unite  himself   to   his   emanation   (or,  to  that  which 

■  floweth  from  his  eyes),  praise  ye  Horus  by  reason  of  his 

■  Eye,  and  stablish  ye  his  tirst  Eye  which  is  in  the 
•  hands  of  the  god  Af-eemen-maat-f,  and  utter  ye  your 
'  words  on  behalf  of  Horus,  0  ye  who  cause  to  come 


^      ^ 


Af-ei-men-maat-f. 


Ermenui. 


Neb-aqet. 


"  into  being  the  becomings  of  created  things.'  The  work 
"  which  they  do  in  the  Tuat  is  to  utter  words  on  behalf 
"  of  his  Eye  for  Horus,  and  to  cause  radiant  splendour 
"  to  proceed  from  it  each  day."  ■ 

6.  Eight  gods,  each  of  the  first  seven  of  whom  holds 
■^  in  his  right  hand,  and  j  in  his  left;  their  names 
are : — 


<f— ^ 


1.  Ermenui,         ,  who  has  the  double  object 
in  the  place  of  a  head. 


222  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

2.  Neb-aqet,  ^^zi:7         ,  jackal -headed. 

3.  Amen-khu,  jj  ^^s  ^,  hawk-headed. 


4.  Her-sheta-taui,  r\r-\    '"   ,  man-headed. 

5.  Sem-Heku,  "^?^  ^^ ,  inau-headed. 

6.  Amen(?)-Heru,  ^  ^^,  mau-headed. 

7.  Khent-ast-f,  -S3S.  jj  '^^=^,  man-headed. 

8.  Kiient-me]st-f,=s3=.    ^   ''»^=>-,  a  ffod  in  mummied 

III         '    "= 

form,  like  Osiris,  who  wears  a  WTiite  Crown, 
and   grasps   a   sceptre,  j,  with   both   hands, 
which  project  from  his  bandages. 
The  text  which  refers  to  these  gods  reads:  -^^  fT^ 


■  J]  I     □    ^  ^=.  ^^:  f]  1k  1  ' 

»     U      I      A/^^^AA       Jl'     fri     ^=S^       1       Jl  I      AAA, 

r^^  n         ^>~^      AAAA^^   ^ -*        "         I     "     I  " 

I        I        I      AA^WV\     AAAAAA    ^-^       Q     A/WW\     <ZZ: 

=:>  ^=  1     I     I   I     II  r=±f=.l     I     I        Zi 


1\ 


AAAA^A  I  pi 

\    Aw^- — a  .m  u  _n^  I  I  I  \0  Jl 

AAAA/VN 


AAAAAA     ^      ^      I  C^  AAAA/V\      <njP"     IK^  11  ''^'^ 

1  I  I    A    I  <=>^u:i   ^    \  \  \   E    _m    r        A 


ISM^n^l^^fl 


''  Tliose  wlio  are  in  this  picture  in  the  forms  which 
"  Horus  made — when  this  great  god  crieth  out  to  them 


THE    TENTH    DIVISION — METET-QA-UTCHEBU    223 


Amen-khu, 


Her-sheta-taui, 


Sem-Herii. 


o     • 


2     ««<  o 


Amen  Heru.  Khent-ast  f. 


Khont-meut  f. 


224 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


"  by  their  names,  they  unite  themselves  and  come  into 
"  life  in  the  shades  which  are  in  the  mouth  of  the  great 
"  god,  and  their  souls  journey  onwards  in  his  train  to 
"  the  horizon.  They  strip  the  bodies  of  the  dead  of 
"  their  swathings  and  break  in  pieces  the  bodies  of  the 
"enemies  [of  Kfi],  and  they  give  the  order  for  their 
"  destruction  in  the  Tuat." 
In  the  lower  register  are : — 

1.  The  god  Horus,  hawk-headed  and 
wearing  a  disk,  leaning  on  a  staff. 

2.  Five^  lakes  of  water,  in  each  of 
which  is  submerged  a  male  form ;  these 
figures    are   called    the   "  submerged," 

o.  Three  ~  lakes  of  water,  in  each  of 
which  is  a  male  form  swimming, 
turned  over  on  his  breast :   these  are 


called  the  "swimmers,"  (1  S  (](]  %  i . 


4.  Four  lakes  of  water,  in  each  of  which  is  a  male 
form    floating    on    his    back ;    these    are    called    the 

"floaters,"  --^  (1  s=j'^  Ml  "^  '  *    ^^^^  ^^^^  ^'^^'^^' 


oc^x 


<^ 


o 


ll^q^^lT./Jt^JT 


'  These  should  be  four  iu  uumbei". 
-  These  should  be  four  iu  number. 


THE   TENTH    DIVISION — METET-QA-UTCHEBU    225 


ill  I  I  ..^  iiii  ^    0  JT 


N\i\t\N^   nnn    A/^^A^ 

A^^SAAA      hN\r^sfK 

I       I       1     I'  "J     SN\I\N^ 


AAAAAA 

i  I  I  I 


•4%'  rn  t  ^ 


I  i  I 


nn  s 


II 


if]^ol. 


AAAAAA 
I        I        I 


^^^ 


IV 


AAA/vAA 
J     I       I 


ie/1  1  in  1^  ^i^ 


^ 


AAAAAA 
I       I       I 


AAAAAA     AA^WAA 


I      _2I  AAAAAA     r    1       I        I       I 

EIT^WV 

f   AAAAAA 
® 


/WWW 
AAAAAA 


V 

AAAAAA    ^ 
A/WVVN        I 


Ji 


I       Zl 


Ji 


V 


I  000 


S 


A/vv-,v>.      The    above    text    is    full    of 
I   I  I 

lacunae,    and   whole    passages,    consisting    of    several 

lines,  are  wanting;   the  following  version  from  Lan- 

zone's    edition  (Le   Domicile  cles  Esprits,  pi.  ii.)  will 

be  found  useful  in  obtaining  an  idea  of  the  contents 

of  the  legends  which  accompanied  the  lakes  of  water : 


^ 


%5 


AAAAAA 

\\    AVWAA 

AAvVAA^ 


()s(l(j 


AAAAAA 
A/^VAAA 
AAAA^\ 


Q.  w 


O 


\^i:r.y^*\^>A^l'^, 


yXTTT^     AA/W^A 
A/WAAA 


AAAA/V\        ^S^ 


o 


<9. 


I  I  I  I 


a      — —        a,     SSd     < ;    I    I'    ' 


\B.  %  n  I 


I     I    I       L\>i 


r%  A 


rr5_ 


il   1 


=^11(7-^1"=^ 


J=^^ 


^■■"■"1  £\_ 


p  s  M  ^ 


j>  j>  j> 


III 


Ci» 


t 


i  \  -^11  \   4 


S  9  8     s«=>« 

1  /J 


228 


THE    BOOK    OF    AM-TUAT 


l]n(j(| 
1 


^T 


\    r— T  AAA^J^^ 


^ 


Jt-^ 


I    ——*< AAA^A^ 

I     I       I       1         ^ 


AAAAAA     /I    I      N^ 
AWV\A        i  \i  C> 


\\     A^AAA^ 


I        I        1 


7^ 


ir^t^i 


I  I  I  I   s 


^ 


^ 


■f 


I  1 


I  I  I 


^ 


AAAA/SA 

I    I    I 


000 


-^-^     III  A    A^^^VV^     A     AAAAAA     J\     ^        ^  -^  ^^      I 


,  A/^/^^AA   f^/\/\f\/V\ 


\zrz2'. 

AAAA/^A  <C;II>  AAA/'AA    AAAAAA    .V^A/\A    [Tl 


I        I       I 

AA/W\A 
AAAAAA 


Ji     I    M 


I        1        I    AA^WAA         O  JI 


A/^VAAA 
AAAA^W 
AA/^vAA 


^=,    «  = 


J — 1     AAAAAA       1      I  r^wW.    A    «£lJ 


,JU. 


o 


^  nil  1  I 


AAA/W.    o  i 

AAAA^\    I       I       I 


AA^/W. 
I        I        I 


lQ_  A^VvAA 

I       I       I     II       I 


P?k 


AA/W\A     AAAAAA     AAAAAA 


I    I    I 


■f^  000  ^'^'^'^ 

V\  AAAAAA 


°TS 


AA/V^AA 
A/WV\A     I       ^ 
AAAAAA     I 


j      AAA^^VA 
I      I        II 


•'  Horus     saith 


"  unto  those  who  have  plunged  themselves  beneath  the 
"  waters,  and  unto  those  who  swim,  and  unto  those 
"  who  float  in  Nu  of  the  Tuat,  '  0  ye  who  have  plunged 
"  yourselves  beneath  the  waters,  who  shine  in  Xu,  0 
"ye  whose  hands  cover  your  faces,  who  swim  with 
"your  faces  turned  towards  the  water  in  the  Tuat, 
"  whose  cheeks  are  filled  with  water,  0  ye  who  paddle 
"  in  the  waters  of  Nu,  whose  faces  are  turned  up  into 


THE   TENTH    DIVISION — METET-QA-UTCHEBU   229 

"  the  air  in  the  following  of  your  souls,  whose  souls 
"  have  been  deprived  of  their  heavenly  air,  and  who 
"  heat  the  air  with  your  hands  in  order  to  obtain  it, 
"  0  make  ye  your  way  in  Nu  by  means  of  your  legs, 
"  and  your  thighs  shall  not  lie  in  any  way  impeded. 
"  Come  ye  forth  in  this  stream,  descend  ye  on  these 
"  waves,  fill  ye  Hap-UE,  and  arrive  ye  at  its  furrows. 


Iletemit. 


Tchetmit. 


Senthes. 


"for  your  members  shall  not  perish,  and  your  flesh 
"  shall  not  decay,  and  ye  shall  have  dominion  over  your 
"  water,  and  ye  shall  have  abundance  according  to  my 
"command,  0  ye  whose  duty  it  is  to  dwell  in  Nu, 
"  together  with  those  who  have  plunged  themselves 
"  beneath  the  waters,  and  are  in  [his]  following,  and 
"  whose  souls  have  life." 
5.  A  lake  of  water. 


230 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


6.  Four  female  figures,  each  bearing  a  serpent  on  her 
head  and  shoulders ;  the  head  of  each  reptile  is  raised 
above  the  head  of  its  bearer,  and  its  tail  hangs  down 
her  back  ;  their  names  are : — 

1.  Hetemit,  '^^5 

2.  Bekhkhit,  J 


Hut 


Set-nehes. 


3.  TCHETMIT,  ^^     y 

4.  Senthes,  '^'wwv  1^ 

The    text    reads :    ;&  P  V  '  1^ 

n  R         n   I  r\  aww\   ^  /^^/wv  pa        /c 


^1 


/VvWV\     /WWNA 


111':^ 


THE    TENTH    DIVISION — METET-QA-UTCHEBU    23I 


"  Those  who  are  in  this  picture  are  they  whose  forms 
"  (or,  figures)  live  by  their  heads.  It  is  they  who  shed 
"  light  upon  the  road  of  Ea  in  the  thick  darkness,  and 
"  when  he  cometh  forth  into  the  Hall  of  the  East,  Set 
"  waketh  up  and  travelleth  on  with  him." 

7.  A  sceptre,  f,  surmounted  by  the  head  of  Set ;  its 
name  is  Set-nehes,  r-p     I,  i.e.,  "Set  who  wakens." 


(       232       ) 


CHAPTER  XI. 

THE  ELEVENTH  DIVISION  OF  THE  THAT,  WHICH 
IS  CALLED   RE-EN-QEEERT-APT-KHATU. 

The  Eleventh  Division  of  the  Tuat,  which  is  passed 
through  by  the  Sun-god  during  the  Eleventh  Houe  of 
the  night,  is  introduced  by  three  lines  of  text,  which 
read : — 


A/WW\    ^ 


v\ 


q  I      D 


^ 


I         lllllllll      AiVNA/W    AAAA/V\ 

I  A/vwv\       ^-^      /wwv^ 


Zl 


^L:n^5^i 


D    ^      ^     <=>K      *  jr'J^^     Lww^. 


PJI^ 


^  Q 


^^    -A-    ^ 


J11l> 


o  ji  I  :?'c  o 


,  "  The  Majesty  of  this  great  god  taketh 


"  up  his   position   in    this    Circle,  and   he   addresseth 


ELEVENTH  DIVISION — RE-EN-QERERT-APT-KHATU  233 

"words  unto  the  gods 
"  who  are  in  it.  The 
"name  of  the  gate  of 
"  this  City  through 
"  which  this  great  god 
"hath  entered  is 
"  Seken  -  TUATiu ;  the 
"  name  of  this  City  is 

"  Re  -  EN  -  QEEERT  -  APT- 

"KHATU;  the  name  of 
"  the  hour  of  the  night 
"  which  guideth  this 
"  great  god  is  Sebit- 

"  NEBT  -  UAA  -  KHESFET  - 
"  SEBA-EM-PEET-F." 

In  the  middle 
register  are : — 

1.  The  boat  of  the 
sun,  in  which  stands 
the  god  under  a  canopy 
formed  by  the  body  of 
the  serpent  Mehen ; 
on  his  head  are  horns 
and  a  disk.  On  tlio 
high  prow  of  the  boat 
is  a  disk,  encircled 
by  a  uraeus,  which  is 
called  Pestu,  -—  j^  . 
The     text     reads: 


The  Boat  of  the  Sun  in  the  Eleventh 
Division  of  the  Tuat. 


234  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


I 

I    AWVAA 


"  god  journeyeth  on  his  way  in  the  City  in  this  picture, 
"  and  his  sailors,  who  are  the  gods,  guide  him  into  the 
"  eastern  horizon  of  the  sky.  The  star  Pestet  which 
"  is  on  its  boat  guideth  this  great  god  into  the  ways  of 
"  the  darkness  which  gradually  lightens,  and  illumineth 
"  those  who  are  on  the  earth." 

2.  Twelve  gods,  who  march  before  the  boat  of  the 
god  bearing  the  serpent  Meiiex  on  their  heads ;  their 
names  are : — 

1.  Mehni,  ^^ 


2.  Semsem,  -^  ^^ . 

3.  Sekhennu,    ©    Q. 

AA/V\AA 

4.  Shetu,  v\. 

5.  Ama,  j\  ^  ^^ . 

7.  Eeta,  ^^^1^     \ 


Amu, 


Shepu. 


Neteru. 


Atlipi.  Kriiicnu. 


I'itp). 


236 


THE    BOOK    OF    AM-TUAT 

8.  Shepu,  ^  D  ^  . 

9.  Neteku,  ^=^^  v\ . 

10.  Athpi,  '^ 

11.  Ermenu,  < 

12.  FaC?),  ^. 


m  I* 


The    text    reads :    ^^  i   1  1    0    ■ 


I     D     _5)q        D 

I     f Q  I         I 


/vvwvv 

1       I       I     AAAAAA 


rSr   rwvv 


I  S      III      1        I        I     ^  I     A/^WV\         Ji 


Ji   0 


<CZ:>      ^       .ft.   <0    O  ^/^wv\   g     ^ 


^ 


1 


1      D 


I      I      I    /wwv\    ^^/ww 

^=  I  I  I  11  I 


I 


AAA/VNA 


Ml—rrio-^sil^ijjm^' 


I     I        II. 


[ D]l         I 


/WV^AA      I        I        I        I  I      I        I        I     I       '•^ 


1      /VW^VA     /V^VW\ 

I    I     I     I   c:±:f:= 


A/V\/\AA 
I        I        I 


S^fl 


-■     A/V\AAA 

I  T  I  1  I  I 


DIM  _B^(^3)i  I    I    I 


^: 


'^~'  I  I  1 1  I  I  ji 

:^^=4     <rZ>    <:rr>         ^        AAAAAA     ^^      _J      ^     ^ 

<=>   Hi   [3:=!  ^  om  I  r\/^/i 


[-77-1  f=^.J^ 


I  I  I 


4  ^  ^    rOn 


ci  n  c>  D  I  I  1 


I  i  I  ®  ^ 

I       I        I    f  J\  j\  I      IWV^/V\ 


1 


I     D 


ELEVENTH  DIVISION — RE-EN-QERERT-APT-KHATU  237 

^K  I'-r^  ^  D    ^  ,  "  Those  who  are  in 


[O] 


"  this  picture  are  in  front  of  this  great  god,  and  they  carry 
"  the  serpent  Mehen-ta  on  their  heads  into  this  City,  and 
"  they  travel  onwards  in  the  following  of  Ea  into  the 
"  Eastern  Horizon  of  the  sky.  This  god  crieth  unto  them 
"  by  their  names,  and  he  decreeth  for  them  what  they 
"  ha^e  to  do.  And  Ka  saith  unto  them : — '  0  ye  who 
"keep  ward  over  your  serpent-figures  with  your  two 


O^' 


i  fX;  1^  S    I     ^ 

21    ^     ^~ 


^55^ 


Sem-Nebt-het. 


Sem-shet. 


hands,  lift  ye  up  your  heads,  whose  hands  are  strong, 

whose   feet  are  firm,  who   perform  the  journe}'ings 

'  which  ye  are  bound  to  make,  who  make  long  your 

■  steps  as  ye  go,  unite  ye  yourseh'es  to  your  offerings  in 

■  the  Hall  of  the  Eastern  Horizon.'     Their  work  is  to 

■  make  the  serpent  Mehen  to  travel  to  the  Eastern  Hall 
'  of  the  Horizon,  and  they  unite  themselves  to  their  habi- 
'  tations  after  tliis  great  god  hath  passed  through  the 
'  darkness  and  hath  taken  up  his  place  in  the  liorizon." 


238  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


3,  The  serpent  Sem-shet,  "'^^i         .     On  his  back 

rests  the  Eecl  Crown,  and  in  an  angle  of  it  is  a  human 
head. 

4.  The  serpent  Sem-nebthet,  ^^>i  Tj .     On  his  back 

rests    the   White    Crown,   from    each    side    of    which 
projects    a   bearded    human   head.      The    text    reads : 


c^  — "^  cz:zi    ^    s\  ~"*~  i=s=i  — a    ^ 


x-p^  I  MM  ®  ^ ,   "  [These  are]   the  hidden   images  of 

"  Horus  which  are  at  the  second  door  of  the  tliick 
"  darkness,  [on]  the  holy  road  to  Sait  (Sais).  When 
"  this  great  god  crieth  out  to  them  (i.e.,  to  the  two 
"  serpents)  these  hidden  heads  make  their  appearance, 
"  and  then  they  swallow  their  own  forms  (i.e.,  they 
"  disappear)." 

5.  Neith   of    the   phallus,     ^   ,   wearing   the   Eed 

^  ("=0)'  ^ 

Crown. 

AAAAAA    a      I 

6.  Neith  of  the  Eed  Crown,  V,  wearing  the 
Eed  Crown. 

7.  Neith  of  the  White  Crown,  / ) ,  wearing  the 
White  Crown. 


,  wearing  the  White 


ELEVENTH  DIVISION — RE-EN-QERERT-APT-KHATU  239 

AAAAAA 

8.  Neith  the  Young, 

Crown.     The   text   reads : 
D 


I     /VVAAAA    I I 


I      I     I 


1 


I     D 

AAftAAA 


I        AAAAA^      AAAAAA 


. .,      WVAAA  II      isM\fV\^      /WWV\ 

A     1jIII^'=^0     ^     III 


o    o     -^       O 


X  Q  — «- 


"  Those  who  are  in 


Neith  the  Youn 


Neith  of  the        Neith  of  the 
White  Crown.      Hed  Crown. 


"  this  picture  of  [this]  door  [are]  in  the  form  which 
"  Horus  made ;  when  this  god  crieth  out  to  them 
"  by  their  names  they  spring  into  life  at  the  sound 
"  of  his  voice,  and  it  is  they  who  guard  the  holy 
"gate  of  the  city  of  Sait  (Sais),  which  is  unknown, 
"and  cannot  be  seen,  and  cannot  be  looked  at." 
Above  the  upper  register  is  a  line  of  text,  which  reads 

^       c^    I  vv  I     w  ,   ^    -^        c^ Q  ^  1=]  I     D  <^  <rr> 

.  LTZD  D    D  -/^    I  A/^wvN    I   <=:=> 


^ 


240 


THE    BOOK    OF    AM-TUAT 


(*=u) 


J       AAAAAA    AAAAAA 


-<22^( 


L 


"^ 
-P 


Sf    ^      III  ^ 
I     D    -^^   W 

I  A/VVWA  f 


D    ; 


^    I 


^  -===^  •  ,  "  [This  is]   the  hidden  Circle 


"  of  the  Tuat  through  which  this  god  maketh  his 
"journey  so  that  he  may  come  forth  into  the  Eastern 
"  Horizon  of  the  sky ;  it  swalloweth  eternally  its  images 
"(or,  forms)  in  the  presence  of  the  god  Eekh(?),  who 
"  dwelleth  in  this  City,  and  then  it  giveth  them  to 
"  those  who  are  Ijorn  and  come  into  being  in  the  earth. 
"  Whosoever  shall  make  an  exact  copy  of  these  forms 
"  according  to  the  representations  of  the  same  at  the 
"eastern  [portion]  of  the  hidden  Palace  of  the  Tuat, 
"and  shall  know  it,  shall  be  a  spirit  well  equipped 
"  both  in  heaven  and  earth,  unfailingly,  and  regularly 
"  and  eternally." 


0 


In  the  upper  register  are : — 

1.  The  god  Aper-hi!a-neb-tchetta,     d 

above  whose  body,  at  the  neck,  is  a  disk  from  which 
proceed  two  human  heads,  the  one  wearing  the  "White 
Crown  and  the  other  the  Red  Crown;   in  his  right 

hand   he   holds   the   sceptre   1,  and   in    the   left   the 


ELEVENTH  DIVISION — RE-EN-QERERT-APT-KHATU  24I 

emblem    of    "life,"   ■¥-.      The    text    reads: 

1  / 

■A 


I      D 

I      AftAAAA 


A 


0 


^  j^ 


ll^,  "He  who  is  in  this  picture  standeth  up  for  Ra, 


"  and  he  never  departeth  from  his  place  in  the  Tuat." 

2.  A  huge  serpent,  with  two  pairs  of  human  feet  and 
legs,  and  a  pair  of  large  wings.  By 
its  side  stands  a  god  with  a  disk  ; : v ■  V :V>: v^ :'v! ■ ' '• -v'/ ■ 
upon  his  head,  and  on  each  side  of 
his  head  is  an  utchat,  '^^;  his 
hands  are  stretched  out  at  right 
angles  to  his  body,  and  each  hand 
touches  the  end  of  one  of  the 
serpent's  wings.     The  text   reads : 


^ 


^i^vf=T:n'" 


The  god  Aper-hni-neb- 
tchetta. 


@lll 


When   this   U'od  crieth   out  to  him   that  is  in 


"  this  picture,  the  form  (or,  image)  of  the  god  Tem  pro- 
"  ceedeth  from  his  back ;  but  afterwards  it  swalloweth 

"  itself  (i.e.,  disappeareth)."     The  words  -4-  T     , 

&c.,  may  form  the  name  of  the  winged  serpent. 

3.  A  serpent,  witli  a  mummied  god  seated  on  his 

li 


THE    BOOK   OF  AM-TUAT 


Ijack ;  above  the 
god  is  written 
" TcHET-s,"  i.e.,  "its 
body,"  and  by  the 
tail  of  the  serpent 

is   Shetu,  "^. 


The     text     reads : 


-X 


Ifi^^k 


I       I       I 


:±^   I 


1'" 


TCIIET-S 


I  I  I  I 

"  herself  is  above 
"  the  stars  (i.e.,  the 
"  eight  stars  which 
"are  about  the 
"heads  of  the  two 
"serpents);  her 
"  work  is  to  cast 
"  the  living  ones  to 
"  Eu  every  day ;  she 
"  then     swalloweth 


ELEVENTH  DIVISION — RE-EN-QERERT-APT-KHATU  243 

"  her  forms  in  this  City  of  the  Eleventh  Hour,  [and 
"  she  is]  one  of  those  who  follow  the  god." 

4.  The  god  Tepui,  §,  i.e.,  the  "Two-headed";  one 
head  faces  to  the  right  and  the  other  to  the  left. 

5.  The  god  Khnem-renit,  <^  ^"^^^  flfl  ^=^5  ram-headed, 
holding  I  in  his  right  hand,  and  -V-  in  his  left. 

AAAAAA 

G.  The    god    Nerta,    <=> ^ 

with    both    hands    raised    in      ^^^''^■•-^i::^-"i'-^-''-v' 
adoration. 

7.  The  ffod  Aaui-f-em-kha- 


nef. 


A^AAA^J  who  has 


two  snakes'  heads  in  the  place 
of  a  human  head ;  his  hands 
and  arms  are  concealed. 

8.  The   god   Apt-taui,  \/ 

;  his  hands  and  arms  are 
concealed. 

9.  The  god  Mer-en-aaui-f,  H 
to  the  preceding. 

10.  The  god  Au-en-aaui-f,  (]  %  — 
form. 

11.  The  god  Keset-afu  (?),  ^  o  '  5 


The  god  Tepui. 


in  form  similar 


in  similar 


in  similar  form. 


12.  The  god  Tua-Heru,  ^ 


in  similar  form. 


244 


THE    BOOK    OF    AM-TUAT 


13.  The  god  Maa,  ^ , 

14.  The  god  Mesekhti, 

15.  The  god  Hepa,  §     °    . 

The  text  which  refers  to  tliese  reads :  ^^ 


•^ 


*—' —  , w    1)  N   til 


o 


^-^-^ 


H  V. 


&      III 


I    III  I    I    I     ^     Ml  CEZl  Jl   U  M     ^      U  I    I    I  Jl     Jl^ 


A     <^ 


I    I    I     I 


I 


A^AAA^   I    I 


ELEVENTH  DIVISION — RE-EN-QERERT-APT-KHATU  245 


•    -  . '■'■■.'.  ..>l.  .'j.  .''"'. '■?:••.■■•■•■;■'. '•■'..• 


k    lA 


Ml       ^i  r=^ 


Tesetafu. 


Au-en-aaui-f. 


Mer-en-aaui-f. 


Apt-taui. 


T  f  il  !^ 


/VA»W^k^ 


I  «     •     I 

i         /VV^VVNA         >\AAAv%AA  I         *         I 

A<<VAV»«  ^^^  /WVVWV\ 

I    I   I 


Hepa. 


Metekbti. 


Mail. 


Tua-Hcru. 


AAAAAA 
I        I        I 


246  THE    BOOK    OF    AM-TUAT 

p/y^l      Y(?)  AAAAAA         7V      ^. Q     A/WW\ 

/\^y\/W\         I  I        I*  'J      A/W^      i — I  ^^  A/V\AAA 


AA/W\A  ^      C 

1        I        I     ^ Ji 


I    ^    I  1  1     Jr  [z^<cz^  V^ 


u1 


1 


I     D  0-=-  ^^-^    <^ 


,  "Those  who   are   in   this 

"picture  doth  this  great  god  call  by  their  names, 
"  [saying] : — '  My  hidden  appearances  and  my  secret 
"  radiance  cause  your  life,  0  ye  who  advance  to  your 
"  shadows,  who  are  free  to  move  or  are  shrouded  in 
"  respect  of  the  arms  by  the  Form  in  his  holy  places, 
"whose  breaths  are  of  the  utterances  of  my  mouth, 
"  which  giveth  life  and  ye  speak  therewith,  whose 
"  offerings  are  on  my  boat  whereon  your  souls  li^■e,  ye 
"who  have  water  at  the  source  (?)  of  Nu  wherein  the 
"  dwellers  in  the  Tuat  wash  with  shouts  of  joy,  perform 
"  that  which  it  is  your  right  to  do,  and  let  your  souls 
"  be  in  the  following  of  [my]  created  things.'  Their 
"  work  in  the  Tuat  is  to  make  to  advance  the  hidden 
"  things  of  this  great  god  to  the  hidden  House  each 
"  day  when  they  appear  with  this  great  god  in  the 
"  upper  heaven." 

16.  A  goddess,  seated  un  the  backs  of  two  serpents, 


ELEVENTH  DIVISION — RE-EN-QERERT-APT-KHATU  247 


r       I 


H^LI^    %  ![ 


=,     a  <^^,  Q '  -^  ' 

»« «  •  AVMwtAA  —^rrS^  ^, — ^  I    B 

<3     J-            (?<?  r"""1  SJJJSvvvW  _tr'3_  /ywwwvv 

q       ^  J  jj«ww«i  ^vwvUvi  ^:=t  :g'=fi    _^i_    III 


■  (    t     I    I, — 


Nebt-khu. 


Nebt-ilnkhiu. 


Ij^     Ci  — 


I 


yWWVAAAA 


A'^^V'-'^'iAV^  I        I        I 


Mer-cut-neteru. 


Ncrt-iilnii. 


248  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

which  lie  side  by  side,  and  appear  to  issue  from  her 
feet ;  her  left  hand  grasps  the  body  of  one  serpent,  and 
her  right  is  held  up  before  her  face.     Her  name  is 

Nebt-ankhiu,  •¥■  I .      In   front  of   her  are  three 

other  goddesses,  who  are  similarly  seated ;  their  names 

are    Nebt-kiiu,  ^^  1 ,    ISTert-abui,    <=>  \  \ , 

and    Mer-ent-neteku,    a^/vaw    |      .      The    text    reads : 

'=^      I  III 


AA/WV\     I     AAAAAA    ,  -> 

/>^A^AA     0       ^     I      I        I        I    1  S 


'^li')11L!=^^^2:T!,Ti^i 


ra 


T 


111^^ 


Jl  I  I  1 1  II T 


^'M^-mnrr^^mim^ 


i  ra 


^\mr\m\ 


"  Those  who  are  in  this  picture  have  their  arms  on  the 
"  earth  and  their  feet  and  legs  in  the  darkness.  When 
"  this  great  god  crieth  to  them  in  their  own  bodies, 
"  they  utter  cries ;  they  do  not  depart  from  their 
"  places,  but  their  souls  live  in  the  word  of  the  forms 
"  which  come  forth  from  their  feet  every  day.  When 
"  the  shades  appear,  the  winds  which  are  in  the  Tuat 
"  cease  from  the  faces  of  these  goddesses." 

In  the  lower  register  are : — 

1.  Horus,  hawk-headed  and  wearing  a  disk,  leaning 


ELEVENTH  DIVISION — RE-EN-QERERT-APT-KHATU  249 


With    his    right        %     ^     J-g    i 
shoulder     upon     a       1    k    9^  ^~ 
long  staff,  and  hold-         "~^  " 

ing  in  his  left  hand 
a  boomerang,  one 
end  of  which  is  in 
the  form  of  a  ser- 
pent's head. 

2.  A  huge  ser- 
pent, called  the 
"  Everlasting   Set," 

standiny; 


Horus  and  the  serpent  Set-liel.i. 


upon  his  tail. 

3.  A  large  pit,  with  a  vaulted  roof,  filled  with  fire, 

of  Ea  are  being 


wherein  "  the  enemies,"  -^^^     ^  , , 

consumed;    the    name    of    the    pit    is    Hatet-ketits, 


Q  a. 


The  pit  of  fire,  I.Iatet-ketits. 


250 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


The  pit  of  fire,  Hatet-hanta-s. 


i;:^  and  is  presided  over 
by  a  goddess  with  the 
head  of  a  lioness,  who 
holds  in  her  hands  a 
large  knife,  and  pours 
fire  into  it  from  her 
mouth. 

4.  A    smaller    pit, 
with    a   vaulted   roof, 
filled     with      fire, 
wherein  "  the  enemies  "  are  being  consumed ;  the  name 

F=q  "W    (^£]      l(?), 

and  it  is  presided  over  by  a  goddess  with  a  human 
head,  who  holds  in  her  hands  a  large  knife,  and 
pours  fire  into  it  from  her  mouth. 

5.  A  pit  similar 
to      the      above,     \  £ 
wherein  "the  souls,"     4   f 

6<^  j,  are 

consumed ; 


'   '   '    rt    • 


being 

the    name    of    the 

pit  is  Hat-nekenit, 


and  it  is  presided 
over  by  a  goddess 
as  in  No.  4. 


The  pit  of  fire,  Hat-nekenit. 


ELEVENTH  DIVISION — RE-EN-QERERT-APT-KHATU  25I 

6.  A  similar  pit,  wherein  "  the  shades  (or,  shadows)  " 
are   being   consumed ;   the  name  of   the   pit  is  Hat- 

NEMMAT-SET,  "^  F^^^  [^       1^,  and   it   is   presided 

.over  by  a  goddess  as  in  No.  4. 


7.  A   similar   pit,  wherein   "  the   heads," 


^^ 


are 


being  consumed;  the  name  of  the  pit  is  Hat-sefu-s, 


k  1 


The  pit  of  fire,  Hat-nemmat-set. 


Tlie  pit  of  fire,  Hat-sefu-s, 


=^z;]  A^^  1    I    and  it  is  presided  over  by  a  goddess 

as  in  No.  4. 

8.  A  very  large  pit,  with  a  vaulted  roof,  filled  with 
fire,  in  which  are  immersed,  head  downwards,  four 
male  figures;   the  name  of  this  pit  is  Ant-sekhetu, 

ci      ©     Y\  I ,  i.e.,  "the    valley  of    those  who   are 

turned  upside  down." 


252 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


9.  Four    goddesses,    each    one   with    the    sign    for 
"  eastern  desert "  on  her  head  ;  their  names  are : — 


1.  Pesi, 


D 


2.  Eekhit, 


m 


I  I 


^111 


\7 


holding   a 


3.  Her-shau-s. 

4.  Sait,  "^(jlj^. 

10.  The  god   Her-utu-f,  f=^ 

sceptre,  1,  in  his  left  hand,  and  the  sign  of  "life,"  •¥•, 

in  his  right. 

The    text    reads:     ]  Ifl     M      '    1 


I     D  r-vr-i  ^=?:>.. 

-<2>-       ^111 


i\rr.^iM^\^^%?A\i 


1  j\ 


J%.s, 


^n^ 


AAAA/V\     AAA^^VA 


III      I        I        I 


I       I        I        I 


raJl!Timm1^P 


J\ 


^^>^ 


III 


I     I     I 


vwvv\ 

I  I  I 


1.11        I 


I  III  .     ^    ■  I     I     I   <!:>  /www 


ii 


If'SJT^^ 


/\     A^/v^^^ 
i      I 


The  pit  of  fire,  Anc-sekhetu. 


Her-shau-s. 


i=i^'\^^°. 


^   V  ^     % 

"  [VAT] 


r' 


The  god  Her-utu-f, 


Salt. 


254 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


I  I  I  J©  Jr 


^ 


^^:>^ 


q 


I       I       I 


^oiS 


T 


-'=^'3      "^'v^^     AAAA/V\ 
^  I       I        I      I       I       I 


^ 


X     a  M   I  I   I   I 


!  ^^^^. 


D 


I       '"      I     I     AAAAAA 


^  w 


I   III  I    s  ZZZ  1   I   I 


\r 


II  I  U 

A/\/\AAA 


^ 


1X7  III 


?:^^ 


^  w 


Zl         '^        ^ 


,f 


/Wv,A/\A    H 

AA/NAAA 

^111 


O     III 


(^^ 


PJ|\fl¥TT:^^^Tf 


II  I  I  11' 

"  The  Majesty  of  this  god  uttereth  the  decree,  [say- 
"  ing] : — '  Hack  in  pieces  and  cnt  asunder  the  bodies 
"  of  the  enemies  and  the  members  of  the  dead  who 
"have  been  turned  upside  down,  0  my  father  Osiris 
" and  let  me  come  forth  from  it.     ]\ly 


ELEVENTH  DIVISION— RE-EN-QERERT-APT-KHATU  255 

"  father  having  [once]  been  helpless  hath  smitten  you, 
"  he  hath  cut  up  your  bodies,  he  hath  hacked  in  pieces 
"  your  spirits  and  your .  souls,  and  hath  scattered  in 
"pieces  your  shadows,  and  hath  cut  in  pieces  your 
"heads;  ye  shall  never  more  exist,  ye  shall  be  over- 
"  thrown,  and  ye  shall  be  cast  down  headlong  into  the 
"  pits  of  fire ;  and  ye  shall  not  escape  therefrom,  and 
"  ye  shall  not  be  able  to  flee  from  the  flames  which  are 
"  in  the  serpent  Set-heh. 

" '  The  fire  of  Hert-kettut-s  is  against  you,  the 
"  flames  of  Hekt-hatu-s  are  against  you,  the  blazing 
"heat  of  Hert-nemmat-s  is  against  you,  Hert-sefu-s 
"  is  against  you,  and  she  stabs  at  you,  and  hacks  you 
"  in  pieces,  and  cuts  you  up  in  such  wise  that  ye  shall 
"  never  again  see  those  who  are  living  upon  the  earth.' 

"  As  for  those  who  are  in  this  picture  in  the  Tuat,  it 
"  is  the  Majesty  of  Heru-Tuati  who  giveth  the  order 
"  for  their  slaughter  each  day. 

"Those  who  are  in  this  picture,  who  are  depicted 
"with  the  enemies  of  Osiris  of  the  Tuat,  and  with 
"  Her-utu-f,  who  is  the  guardian  of  this  Circle,  live  by 
"  means  of  the  voice  of  the  enemies,  and  by  the  cries  of 
"  entreaty  of  the  souls  and  shadows  which  have  been 
"  placed  in  their  pits  of  fire." 


(     256     ) 


CHAPTER   XII. 

THE    TWELFTH    DIVISION    OF   THE    TUAT, 
WHICH  IS   CALLED  THEN-NETEEU. 

The  Twelfth  Division  i  of  the  Tuat,  which  is  passed 
through  by  the  Sun-god  during  the  Twelfth  Hour  of 
the  night,  is  introduced  by  three  lines  of  text,  which 
read  : — 


Ol       LJ    A^/VWv    A    AAAAA^       I     AWvAA    — — xJ     _ilC^    U    _iir*^    ^^—I I^    Cl)    #VvWA^ 


-/-TV^    I—  -^^^  ~  1    I    yvwvw 


AAAAAA 


1 

1 

1 

h  1      ^    D 

^ 

*■    ^^        O     ^w\AAAA      [ ^*^ ] 

rooo" 

AAyVWN 
|_/VVW\A_ 


AAAAAA 


^  AAAAAA     III  ^  '— ' 

^  0<rr>lll      I    Aw^  - — J]  _M^  U    -A 


[ZIH  '^     I  /w^NA  I  •^  1    I  "mmnr  awvv\    ^    <:r:>  U     W    _Z1 

*  L*=>     I     /WWV\  M —  -<2>- 


o  ^    ^ 


6  I  I  I  oJ' 

See  Lanzone,  Domicile,  pL  v. 


THE    TWELFTH    DIVISION — THEN-NETERU       257 


"The  Majesty  of  this  great  god      J^  ^^  L^-^ 
"taketh    up    his    position    in    this  ^Z~L 

"  Circle,  which  is  the  uttermost 
"limit  of  thick  darkness,  and  this 
"great  god  is  born  in  his  form  of 


"Khepera  in  this  Circle,  and  Nut      T^  ^-^    ^^ 


limit  of  thick  darkness,  and  this         t     ^_ 


"  and  Nu  are  in  this  Circle  for  the 

"  birth  of  this  great  god  when  he  ^-jr'  "j^q  '^  ^ 

"  Cometh  forth  from  the  Tuat  and      ^^  ^^  ' J 

I     ;    « ■  •    '^ — •*' 

"  taketh    up    his    position    in    the  ^^  ^2P   — •- 

"Matet  Boat,  and  when  he  riseth  J^  ^     "7% 

"  up  from  the  thighs  of  Nut.     The  "o^    "^    ^^ 


o 


"  name  of  the  Gate  of  this  City  is  ===?  . 

"  Then-neteru.     The  name  of  this  9x^7  Q^  l"^ 

"  City    is    Kheper  -  kekiu  -  khau  -  ^  ^>  *=^ 

"  MESTU.     The  name  of  the  hour  of  Fppy'jlli  — - 

"  the  night  wherein  this  god  cometh  ^V^  ^J^  p  i  » 

"  into  being  is  Maa-nefert-Ea."  v^|  g"*""  'Vj, 

Above  the  whole  scene  is  a  line  ^^  yi^  ^=*- 

of    hieroglyphics,    which    describes  nr    r-i  o^^ 

it  as  : —  r-=»    C\-. 


IJfi^ 


iil@ 


^ 


^i—  JD        fit  ill 


1'  °"^%^^n^^^c  ^^^^ 

I      AAAAAA fl       J^     <=>     I  Ji  ^  f"^    -^tp         iTl  fl[^ 


I     D 

I  AAAAAA 

I  A/V^AAA 

I  ^  w 


I  I     ^  l_^  ^ 


258 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


Mm\ 


D   ^ 


.  ®    I  I     s 


"  The  hidden  Circle  in  the  Tuat  wherein  this  great 
"  god  is  born ;  he  cometh  forth  into  the  pool  of  Xu, 
"and  he  taketh  up  his  place  in  the  body  of  Xut. 
"  AVhosoever  shall  make  a  copy  thereof  according  to 
"  the  copies  which  exist  in  writing  upon  the  east  [wall 


~i  A  A  /\.  •► 
/5- 


Tlie  Boat  of  the  Sun  in  the  last  Lour  of  the  Night. 

"  of]  the  palace,  and  shall  know  it  upon  earth,  it  shall 
"  act  as  a  magical  protector  for  him  both  in  heaven  and 
"  upon  earth." 

In  the  middle  register  are : — 

1.  The  boat  of  the  sun,  in  which  stands  the  god 
under  a  canopy  formed  by  the  body  of  the  serpent 
IMehen :    on  his  head  are  horns  and  a  disk.     In  the 

fore  part  of  the  boat  is  the  beetle  of  Khep[k]a,  ®  [] , 


THE    TWELFTH    DIVISION — THEN-NETERU      259 

i.e.,  Khepera,  which  takes  the  place  of  the  solar  disk  that 
rested  on  the  prow  of  the  hoat  in  the  Eleventh  Hour. 


The  text  reads : 


im 


^^>» 


nsu 


°  r 


.tr-" 


1 


^  D 


j:^  aaaaaa 
1    ^ 


)  i 


I  I 


.A.  n  ^  ^  '^^"^^  D  '=^ 


cO] 


D 


a 


"  This  great  god  in  this  picture  journeyeth  along 
"  through  this  City  by  means  of  the  faithful  servants 
"  (icmkliiu)  of  this  hidden  image  Ankh-neteru.  His 
"  gods  draw  him  along  by  a  cord,  and  he  enteretli  into 
"  his  tail  and  cometh  forth  from  his  mouth,  and  cometh 
"  to  the  birth  under  the  form  of  Khepera,  and  the  gods 
"  who  are  in  his  boat  [do]  likewise.  He  taketh  up  his 
"  place  on  the  face  of  the  hidden  image  of  the  horn  (or, 
"  forehead)  of  the  sky  at  the  end  of  the  thick  darkness, 
"  and  his  hands  seal  up  the  Tuat.  Then  this  great  god 
"  taketh  up  his  position  in  the  Eastern  Horizon  of 
"  heaven,  and  Shu  receiveth  him,  and  he  cometli  into 
''  beiny;  in  the  East." 


260  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

2.  Twelve  gods,  who  are  occupied  in  towing  along 
the  boat  of  the  Sun,  each  with  his  head  turned  behind 
him  and  looking  at  the  boat ;  their  names  are  : — 

1.  Heku,  vSs^  . 

2.  Shemsu, 

3.  Thena,  ^"^^  f\ . 

4.  Beq,  J  /i, 

5.  Au-ANKHIU-F,  (Ic-')  V\  "¥" 

6.  Sebehu-f,  PJ  I  I  '^-^ . 

7.  Aha-eer,  y 

8.  Amkhui,   ^  ^. 

9.  Neb-amakh,  ^^37   -^. 

10.  Seki(?), 


11.  Heq-nek-mu,  I 

12.  Au,(]^. 


A^AAAA     AftAAAA 


The  text  which  refers  to  these  reads :  ^^  '^'^■^'^ 


AAftAAA 


^/V^A^  ^  I      AA/\AAA      I       '^      1      _Cr\^     «iJ  N>  "  1  I      I 


THE    TWELFTH    DIVISION — THEN-NETERU      26 1 


lll^l    I    iJ^I      S^37_S3^     J\     nil      I 

^  _2I       III       D         !•       A^A/VW       1       LI       I       <»    '       ^    _Cr^       U    ^/\A/V\A         I 


1 


O     I 


"Those  who  are  in  this  picture  draw  this  great  god 
"through  the  tail  (or,  bowels)  of  the  serpent  Ankh- 
"neteru.  The  loyal  servants  of  Ea  who  are  in  his 
"  following  are  the  product  of  his  hands,  and  they  are 
"  born  on  the  earth  each  day  after  the  birth  of  this 
"great  god  in  the  eastern  portion  of  the  sky.  They 
"  enter  into  this  hidden  image  of  Ankh-neteru  in 
"  the  form  of  loyal  servants,  and  they  come  forth  in 
"the  renewed  forms  of  Ea  every  day.  "When  they 
"  tarry  upon  the  earth  it  is  an  abomination  to  them  to 
"  utter  the  name  of  the  god." 

3.  The     monster     serpent     Ka-em-ankh-neteru, 

Mf'li- 

4.  Twelve  goddesses,  who  are  occupied  in  towing 
the  boat  of  the  sun  through  the  body  of  the  serpent 
Ka-em-ankii-neteru  ;  each  has  her  head  turned  behind 
her,  and  is  looking  at  the  boat.     Their  names  are : — 

1.  Stat,  ~^. 


2.  Kheru-utciiat,  '^^00 


262  THE    BOOK    OF    AM-TUAT 

3.  Khet,  J  Q . 

4.  Spekt-neter-s,  ""^^  "1  n . 

5.  Nebtamt,         h  -jl-. 

6.  ISTeb-tciietta,  ^^37 

7.  Heiii,|o(](J;;. 

8.  Ankhet-ermex,  -¥- 


^T~~^ 


9.  Kherlt-tep  (0'  1  m  ^"-^  • 

10.  Hetep-em-khut-s,  V\     ^-^ 

11.  Uet-neter-s,    lU^    j    I. 

12.  Teser-abt,  — h—  7|<  o      . 

The  text  relating  to  the  serpeut  reads :  -^^  "^^^^  \\ 

^  ^  AAAAA^    1       I       I     JjT^ 

^±f=    T    1 1  <=>       [  crz]  s=  Lmi  ^  D  <=>  11 


o 


II 

A^^\AAA     pa 


^0  '''^r^  ^        li    g-"=^         ^  R       ^  III  JM    I  f^n      f^ 


?5^ 


^MM(L 


mm ' 


III:    ' '  •-      -^ 


CO<iTH?<:  ^ 


-:i<ir 


<{!:( 


)\ 


|2?:lMr:i4<J 

co<i'^o9D(iillil; 


W 


264  THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 

"  who  are  here  are  they  who  have  their  bodies,  and 
"  they  come  forth  in  the  following  of  this  great  god 
"  into  heaven.  This  is  the  hidden  image  of  the 
"serpent  Ankh-neteru,  which  is  by  his  den  in  the 
"  Tuat,  and  he  resteth  in  [his]  place  every  day.  This 
"  great  god  speaketh  to  him  in  [his]  name  of  Na, 
"  [and  the  space  covered  by]  his  forepaws  and  legs  is 

"  one  thousand  three  hundred  cubits  long ; 

"  he  liveth  upon  the  sound  of  the  rumblings 
"  of  the  earth.  The  servants  who  are  loyal  to  his 
"  service  come  forth  from  [his]  mouth  every  day." 
The   text    relating    to    the    twelve   goddesses   reads : 


/vwvv\    I     I 


□       A/^VVV\    M <-— ->        r— I 

I     /WAAA        ^111      ^^^     <; 


M:\y.  AV^A^A    1  I   I 


/vwvv\  /~/^yw  Cl)        1  J — I       -/i         Jn^  AV^A^A    1  II  "^111 


_/i  I   A^'v^^^    1     ""^    1  -tr^  ]/  •i       (■') 


^^J^ 


I     I     I   F=^    ^111 


r^k^^ik 


:i4^^iki-Ei^ii 


£i  D  I  _nf^  - — D\    T    jn  I  _B*\^  A    A/vwvv  A  _zr  =i^l  I  I  1 

,  "  Those  who  are  in  this  picture  take  the 


"  towing  rope  of  the  lioat  of  Ea  when  it  cometh  forth 


THE   TWELFTH    DIVISION — THEN-NETERU      265 

"  from  the  serpent  Ankh-neteru,  and  they  tow  this 
"  great  god  into  the  sky,  and  lead  liim  along  the  ways 
"  of  the  upper  sky.  It  is  they  who  make  to  arise  in 
"  the  sky  gentle  winds  and  humid  breezes,  and  it  is 
"  they  who  order  those  who  live  [upon  earth]  to  place 
"  themselves  in  the  great  boat  in  the  sky." 
In  the  upper  register  are : — 

1.  Twelve  goddesses,  each  of  whom  stands  upright, 
and  bears  on  her  shoulders  a  serpent  which  belches 
forth  fire  from  its  mouth  ;  their  names  are : — 


^  c=i  :=£=•  <='f  ,-=='  jK®f=^  ^^  /^-    :  K    TTT  |  (flP  5=J  »Si  OS 


Six  goddesses  with  flerj'  serpents. 


.  Nefert-Khau,  T  ci  Q  m  i . 


2.  Khet(?)-uat-en-Ea,  ^  £53    q  . 

3.  Nebt-seshesh-ta,  1  I  <=??^. 

4.  ISTefert-her-tept,  T  ci  <^  >^  i  . 

5.  Seuatchet-atebui-pet,  H  ^  I         » 


266  the  book  of  am-tuat 

6.  Hat-em-taui-s 

7.  Qat-em-sepu-s,  T  ^s,^ 

8.  Sekhet-em-khu-s,  v 

9.  Haat-em-sepu-s,  w  a 


10.  Khet-ankh  (?)-f,  J  ^  I  •¥■(?;  ^ . 


"i%MM%MAW 


11.  Pekt-em-ap 


Six  goddesses  with  fiery  serpents. 

[=rz] 


o 


J] 


12.  Nebt-ak-em-uaa-abt,  ^' 


The  text  reads :  ^^  '^^ 


AAftAAA     I        I        I 


I  I  I  rrJ  I  ^ 


g. 


D 


I         _  f\     AAAAA^ 

I         I        I        I      I        I        I 


:i 


j^ 


VJ  I      /vV^A\      I       '•^      1     "^  I      AWA^      /W^^^      I        I        I      _£r^         _/j  I      /WVW\ 


THE   TWELFTH    DIVISION — THEN-NETERU      267 


J\ 


cO] 


Ji 


V^AAA^       I    I 


^ 


AAAAAA    (.     "^ 
I 1    111^  /\        AAAAA^ 


a      ^3    AAAAAA 


1 


1   I  I  _M^  ^  n 


M /VSAAAA 

f\fW\^\  /(AAAAA 


I       I  ^  I 


f^PI^^^&Sls^if 


2:i^ 


^  n 


AAAAAA  1—1 


1     S     W 


O      I 


_S^  'i  .wv^  (a\ 


D    D 


^111 


U 


o 


"  Those   who  are  in   this  picture 


"  with  their  own  bodies,  and  from  whom  their  uraei 
"  emerge,  are  in  the  following  of  this  great  god  when 
"  he  setteth  out  for  this  City.  They  follow  after  this 
"god,  and  the  Hames  which  issue  from  their  mouths 
"  drive  away  Apep  on  behalf  of  Kii  into  the  Hall  of 
"  the  East  of  the  Horizon.  They  journey  round  about 
"  the  upper  heavens  in  his  following  [remaining]  in 
"  their  places,  and  they  restore  these  gods  after  this 
"  great  god  hath  passed  by  the  hidden  chamber  of  the 
"  sky,  and  then  they  take  up  their  positions  [again]  in 
"  their  own  abodes.  They  give  pleasure  to  the  hearts 
"  of  the  gods  of  Amentet  through  Ra-Heru-khut,  and 
"  their  work  upon  the  earth  is  to  drive  away  those  who 


268 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


"  are  in  the  darkness  by  the  flames  of  their  uraei  which 
"  are  behind  them,  and  they  guide  Ra  along,  and  they 
"  smite  Apep  for  him  in  the  sky." 

2.  Twelve  gods,  each  of  whom  stands  upright,  and 
has  both  hands  raised  in  adoration  before  him ;  their 
names  are : — 

1.  jSTeb-ankh,  ^z:7  -V-. 

2.  Hi,   raflfl^ 


liy--^ 


t  rs  ra  r 


Six  gods  who  praise  Ra  at  dawn. 


I  . 


?..  Xeb-A.\ 

4.  Xeb-Tuat,  ^;^z7  ^  } 

5.  Netchem-ab,  fi  3  "0" . 
G.  Ham,  |  _.  |n,    ©  . 

7.  Ua-ab,  vQ 

8.  HUNNU, 


THE   TWELFTH    DIVISION — THEN-NETERU      269 

9.  Sensabt,  aaaaaa  m  Jo. 
10.  Ma-tepu-neteru,    ^  ,   I    I     . 


^    I  I 


11.  Thes-tepu-neteru,  t=«« 

12.  Hekenu,  fi 


I  ^  I 


1- 

I  III 


o 


The  text  reads 


I     D 

I      A^^VAAA 

I  -k  ^ 


^^  /a     0,  tt:  era 


ii,2W^'*tt°^ 


*^  ^  £  4-  2a  ^r  .*^*  V  ?^  7v  ■;5r  "^  -^'  '^?«= 
/^  <5^  ^-^  nirul  ^..."  F  F  4-,  jg;  fe  -^  £» 
^  ^  :5^     -  le  f  «i  ^^  g  ^  g  -^^  <^ 


c]  1     D 

I     AAAAAA 

fj 


Six  gods  who  jjraise  Ra  at  dawn 


J] 


ra   D   ill 

/WWVv    ^^ 
1      II        I 


^   D 


^ 


^  D 


(?), 


&T=£ 


.(?) 


270 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


I     I      I   A/y^/v^A 


-k 


>k 


\        ^ 


I  I   I 


I        I        I 


D 


1 


ra 


o 


III 


^  ci  a 


j\ 


Q 


^<^[l 


"  Tliose  who  are  in  this  picture  sing  praises  unto  this 
"  great  god  from  dawn,  when  lie  taketh  up  his  position 
"  in  the  Hall  of  the  east  of  the  sky.  They  say  unto 
"  Ra,  '  0  thou  who  art  the  producer  of  [thine  own] 
"  hirth,  who  dost  bring  into  being  [thine  own]  being, 

"  [lord  of]  homage  of  every  soul ,  Heaven  be- 

"  longeth  to  thy  soul,  which  taketh  up  its  place  therein, 
"  and  the  earth  belongeth  to  thy  body,  tliou  lord  of 
"  homage.  Thou  sailest  over  the  Horizon,  thou  takest 
"  up  thy  place  in  thy  shrine,  the  gods  in  their  bodies 
"  praise  thee ;  descend  thou  into  the  sky  and  take  thou 
"  thy  two  souls  through  thy  magical  protectors.'  The 
"  work  of  these  gods  in  the  Tuat  is  to  praise  this  great 
"  god,  and  they  stand  in  this  City  and  they  count  up 
"(or,  verify)  the  gods  of  the  country  of  Mafket  (i.e., 
"  Sinai).  They  descend  (?)  to  eartli  [before]  Ea  after 
"he  hath  taken  up  liis  position  in  the  sky  and  doth 
"  rise  upon  the  eyes  of  mankind  in  their  circles." 
In  the  lower  register  are : — 

1.  The  god  Nu,  000,  holding  1  and  ■?-  in  his  left 
and  right  hand  respectively. 


THE   TWELFTH    DIVISION — THEN-NETERU      271 


2.  The  goddess  Nut, 


000 


lioldin 


g  I  and  ■^. 


3.  The  god  Hehu,  ||  %,  holding  |  and  ^. 

4.  The  goddess  Heijut,  ||  %^  ^ ,  holding  1  and  -?-. 

5.  The  god  Tebai,  c=s:^  J  "i^,  (1  (] ,  man-headed,  and 


liolding  an  oar,  or  paddle. 


The  "ods  who  receive  Ra. 


[ZSZl  l=HZ] 


A  god  of 
a  paddle. 

man-headed 


6.  The  god  Qashefsiief,  T 
and  liolding  a  paddle. 

7.  The  god   Neiiui,    j— n    ^  (](],    crocodile-headed, 
and  holding  a  paddle. 

8.  The  god  Ni,  aw^aa  (1  (1  ^  with  the  heads  of  two  birds, 
and  holding  a  paddle. 

9.  The    deity   Nesmekhef,    ^"^  ^\      ®  ,   in    the 


272  THE    BOOK    OF    AM-TUAT 

form   of  a  serpent,  which   pours  forth   fire   from   its 
mouth. 

10.  The  god  Neba-khu,   \\\\    ^s  1  ,  man-headed, 
and  holding  a  paddle. 

11.  The  god   Khenti-tiietii-f,   JU  q  w  g=> .    man- 
headed,  and  holding  a  paddle. 

12.  The  god  Aha-ab,  i  t^,  man-headed,  and  holding 
a  paddle. 

13.  The   god   Tuati,      ^    [^TZD,    man-headed,    and 

holding  a  paddle. 

14 — 23.  Ten    gods,  each  with  his  hands  raised   in 
adoration  ;  their  names  are : — 

Tes-kiiu,  ^=^5^ 

TlIEMA-EE,  "   J^  ' . 

Aakhebu,  (j  ~J^  J  ^ . 

Sekhennu,    ©     VX  . 

Ekmexu,  ,1--^  Vi> . 

KhEXNU-ERMEX,  a^^s^aa  ^t-^  . 
0 

Khu-ee, 


^  m  ^a  ^Y  n/ft  ^iu.  ^  ",  tiyvr  / 

/!>    cssr     0   a"*^  ^E  ^  ^.0      [I    =??•  t 


/^ 


tiO 


AJ  p^  s 


*niMIlif?t 


» 


Gods  of  paddles. 

o^  -^/l ^e^  -2."  j£ -# 


:a-^ 


'A'    iP 


i^^ 


Gods  of  paddles. 


lu^-sgn 


Gods  wto  praise  Ra  at  sunrise. 


■5-2  r'^  °8  ig  ©i^T^^tnF-^frf  » 


Gods  who  praise  RS  at  sunrise. 


274 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


Athep,  h  ^^. 
Am-netek,  -|h  I . 
The  texts  relating  to  these  gods  read : — 1.  -^^^^^  rwvAAA-i 

A/^^A^^   LI     1     U 
^    1  I   I     I      I        1'    ' 


l-^^^ 


D 
D  ^ 


I     1      I  ^     D  I      I     I  c: 


D  q  I    D 


.1 


JLZ 


Gods  who  praise  Ra  at  sunrise. 


Ill    ^   ^  n 


I  I  I. 


"^ 


Jo 


A/WWS  . 
/wwv\  I       I       I  • 


-— « AAAAAA  yj         ^-^    a  j 

I       I       I    I I    "^^ ^  ©    A^VW\A 


in 
,  "  Those 


"who  are  in  tliis  picture  in  their  own  bodies  join 
"  themselves  unto  Ea  in  the  sky  to  receive  this 
"great  god  at  his  coming  forth  among  them  in  the 
"  east  of  the  sky  each  day.  They  themselves  belong 
"  to  their  Halls  of  the  Horizon,  but  the  forms  which 


THE   TWELFTH   DIVISION — THEN-NETERU      275 

they    have   m    the   Tuat    [belong   to]    this   Ckcle." 


O  '--^">'     AAAAAA 

AAA/W\ 


D    D 


J    AAAAAA 


D   ffi  |(j|N^;^ 


AA/VAftA 

?a  — fl 


A^yW\A 


o 


AAAV\A      g) 
— M—     ^ 


Ji 


D 


fJ 


AAAAAA 

O    III       J\      ^i^^!^         II 


AAAAAA  I  I  I     K 


<^ 


^ 


O 


1 


-         ■  "     C'-)  I  |— I  AA/yvVV 

AAAA^A     I      "^      I     \ ^  U  III 


I  11    ^    ^  o 


"  Those  who  are  in  this  picture  with  their  paddles  drive 
"  Apep  to  the  back  of  the  sky,  after  the  birth  of  the  god. 
"  Their  work  is  to  hold  up  the  Great  Disk  in  the  Eastern 
"  Horizon  of  the  sky  every  day.  Behold  the  serpent 
"  Senmekhef  which  burnetii  up  the  enemies  of  Ea  at 
"  the  dawn  !  These  gods  go  round  about  the  heights  of 
"  heaven  in  the  following  of  this  great  god  every  day, 
"and  they  receive  their   protection   for   this   Circle." 


A^^AA^ 

AAAAAA    .       ,       1 
AAAAAA    I       I       I 


D 


I   I   I 

A^/^A^^ 


I    AAA/V\A 

AA/w^^  •^ 

'^  W     W     Jl     '^       0 


^ 


O^ 


^^^^\      JH       I       I        I  I      AA/WW     .H^V^        -A  -A  I      A/W^A^     I      '^      ■     ^^=s, 

f    AAAAAA  AAAAAA     \- -i     J^.  I  r\      AAA/V\A     <>-=;=>    ^ 


^37 


276 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


f 


^ 


D 


ifll 


I        I        I 


^ 


^ 


Z] 


^^^ 


A/VV\AA     w; 


1 


©   D 


D 


f: 


^. 


I  AAAAAA  ^  «  Those  who  are  in  this  picture  are  behind 

"  the  image  of  Osiris,  who  is  over  the  thick  darkness. 
"  These  are  the  words  which  this  god  saith  unto  them 
"  after  this  great  god  hath  journeyed  by  it : — '  Life  [to 
"  thee],  0  thou  who  art  over  the  darkness !  Life  [to 
"  thee]  in  all  thy  majesty  I  Life  [to  thee],  0  governor 
"  of  Amentet,  Osiris,  who  art  over  the  beings  of 
"  Amentet !  Life  to  thee  !  Life  to  thee  '  0  thou  wlio 
"  art  over  the  Tuat,  the  winds  of  Ea  are  to  thy  nostrils, 
"and  the  nourishment  of  Kheper  is  with  thee.  Thou 
"livest,  and  ye  live.  Hail  to  Osiiis,  the  lord  of  the 
"  living,  that  is  to  say,  of  the  gods  wdio  are  with  Osu-is, 
"  and  who  came  into  being  with  him  the  first  time.' 
"Those  who  are  behind  this  hidden  Image  in  this 
"  Circle  wherein  he  liveth  have  their  nomishment 
"from   the   words   of   this   god   in   their   own   Tuat." 


•  at 


The  exit  of  Ra  from  the  Tuat,  i.e.,  Sunrise. 


278 

4. 


fl 


THE    BOOK   OF   AM-TUAT 


li  I 


^^>^ 


F^I 


^'^^ 


D 

J    A/W\/\A    C 


/n  c 


^^^ 


'-'  ,  "He  who  is  in  this  picture  in 


"  the  invisible  form  of  Horns  in  the  thick  darkness, 
"  is  the  hidden  image  which  Shu  lifteth  up  beneath 
"  the  sky,  and  Keb-ur  cometh  forth  in  the  earth  in 
"  this  image." 

24.  The  end  of  the  Tuat,  which  is  represented  by 
a  semi-circular  wall  or  border  formed  of  earth  and 
stones,  or  perhaps  granite.  At  the  middle  point  of 
this  border  is  the  disk  of  the  sun  which  is  about 
to  rise  on  this  world,  and  joined  to  it  is  the  head 

of  the  "  image  of  Shu,"  ^'?>^  [) ,  with  his  arms  stretched 

out  along  the  rounded  border  of  the  Tuat.     Above  his 

head  is  the  beetle,  symbol  of  Khep[er],  ^  ^ ,  who  has 

emerged  from  the  boat  of  the  Sun-god,  and  below  is 
the  "  image  of  Af ,"  '^^  (^ ,  that  is  to  say,  the  body  of 
the  night  Sun-god,  which  has  been  cast  away. 


END   OF   VOL.   I. 


GILBEBI  AND   BITUTGIOIT  LTD.,  ST.    JOHIT'e   HOUSE,   CLEUKBM WELL,   B.C. 


lMIillilII_i!^i  lO: 

-Tj  University  of  California 

?  SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 

305  De  Neve  Drive  -  Parking  Lot  17  •  Box  951388 
LOS  ANGELES,  CALIFORNIA  90095-1388 

A^       Return  this  material  to  the  library  from  which  it  was  borrowed. 


Y- 


^ 


^ 


^ 


^ 


4S 


r^i 


nrr? 


">  2S02 


Y. 


-t/AQvaain^ 


JldJNViUr^ 


^MEUNIVERS//, 


1^ 


^>:lOSANCElfj;>. 


^^\UIBRARYO/         ^^^^t•lIBRARYC 


i(S!  iMI  1^1 


RARYQr         ^^^^LIBRARY6k 


IVJ.jqV'       '^.i/OJIlVDJO'^ 


ill^     3  1158  01045  5920 


LIFO/?^        ,^,OFCALIFO% 


agiii^^    ^<?Aavaani^^ 


^^^  UC  SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 


^ 


000136  894    3 


^f'il^ONVSOl^^       %a3AINn-3WV'^ 


IVERJ/A 


.VlOSANCElfJV;. 

O 


%3AiNnmv 


^^IIIBRARYQ^^ 


^^^ILIBRARYQ^^ 


'^<!/odiivojo^     ^omyi^"^ 


IVER5-/A 


^^lOSANCELfx^ 

O 


^OfCAlIPO/?^ 


^OPCAIIFO/?^ 


"^AJi^AiNn  3v\v^        >&Ai]vaan-^^'^ 


^<?Aavaan-A^^ 


iARY6k         -<^lllBRARYQr 


P. 


VJ-JO^"        '^<!/0jnV3JO>' 


AMEUNIVERS/a. 


o 


ON;lOSANCElfj> 

o 


"^AaaAiNO-Jiw 


II FO/?;)^ 


^.OFCALIFO/?^ 


aWEUNIVERS//) 


^vWSANCElfx^ 


m\n'^      ^(^AUvaaiH^ 


o 
^TilJONVSOV'^ 


%a3AINfl-3\Vv^ 


IVER%        ^>:lOSANCELfj^ 


^ 


if  0  C 


^^lEIBRARYQ^^ 


IJUlTi